grepcent / static financial knowledge base

TORO CO (TTC)

CIK: 0000737758. SIC: 3524 Lawn & Garden Tractors & Home Lawn & Gardens Equip. Latest 10-K as of: 2025-12-17.

SIC breadcrumb: Manufacturing > Industrial And Commercial Machinery And Computer Equipment > SIC 3524 Lawn & Garden Tractors & Home Lawn & Gardens Equip

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=737758. Latest filing source: 0000737758-25-000115.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read TTC's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read TTC's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue4,510,400,000USD20252025-12-17
Net income316,100,000USD20252025-12-17
Assets3,438,800,000USD20252025-12-17

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2025-12-17. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000737758.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric20102016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue2,505,176,0002,618,650,0003,138,084,0003,378,810,0003,959,600,0004,514,700,0004,553,200,0004,583,800,0004,510,400,000
Net income271,939,000273,983,000329,701,000409,900,000443,300,000329,700,000418,900,000316,100,000
Operating income334,396,000355,110,000373,085,000325,029,000426,357,000518,300,000575,700,000430,700,000533,300,000409,900,000
Gross profit874,595,000920,837,000941,011,0001,047,963,0001,189,774,0001,338,500,0001,504,600,0001,577,600,0001,549,300,0001,504,800,000
Diluted EPS2.062.412.502.533.033.784.203.134.013.17
Operating cash flow193,507,000360,748,000364,805,000337,371,000539,374,000555,500,000297,200,000306,800,000569,900,000662,000,000
Capital expenditures50,723,00058,276,00090,124,00092,881,00078,068,000104,000,000143,500,000149,500,000103,500,00083,700,000
Dividends paid65,890,00075,758,00085,031,00096,133,000107,698,000112,400,000125,700,000141,900,000149,500,000151,100,000
Share buybacks109,986,000159,354,000160,435,00020,043,0000.00302,300,000140,000,00060,000,000245,500,000290,000,000
Assets1,384,572,0001,493,787,0001,570,984,0002,330,547,0002,853,228,0002,936,100,0003,556,000,0003,644,300,0003,582,800,0003,438,800,000
Stockholders' equity550,035,000617,092,000668,916,000859,578,0001,114,800,0001,151,100,0001,351,700,0001,510,900,0001,551,900,0001,453,300,000
Free cash flow302,472,000274,681,000244,490,000461,306,000451,500,000153,700,000157,300,000466,400,000578,300,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric20102016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin10.38%8.73%9.76%10.35%9.82%7.24%9.14%7.01%
Operating margin14.18%14.25%10.36%12.62%13.09%12.75%9.46%11.63%9.09%
Return on equity40.65%31.87%29.57%35.61%32.80%21.82%26.99%21.75%
Return on assets17.31%11.76%11.56%13.96%12.47%9.05%11.69%9.19%
Current ratio1.681.651.681.481.671.591.581.901.811.87

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Income statement bridge from reported figures

TTC FY2025 income statement bridge from reported figures.TTC FY2025 income statement bridge from reported figures.TTC income bridgeFY2025: revenue to net incomeSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Income statement bridgeReported amount$0.0B$3.0B$6.0B$4.5BRevenue-$3.0BCost$1.5BGross-$1.1BOpEx$409.9MOperating-$93.8MOther/tax$316.1MNet income

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Revenue: accession 0000737758-25-000115; concept RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax; source concepts us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax | Gross profit: accession 0000737758-25-000115; concept GrossProfit; source concepts us-gaap:GrossProfit | Operating income: accession 0000737758-25-000115; concept OperatingIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss | Net income: accession 0000737758-25-000115; concept NetIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

TTC FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.TTC FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.TTC free cash flow bridgeFY2025: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount$0.0B$375.0M$750.0M$662.0MOperating cash flow-$83.7MCapex$578.3MFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0000737758-25-000115; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0000737758-25-000115; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0000737758-25-000115; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

TTC revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $4.5BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$3.0B$6.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

TTC net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $316.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

TTC operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Operating incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $409.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating income$0.0B$375.0M$750.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: OperatingIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss.

TTC gross profit, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC gross profit, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Gross profitLatest point: FY2025 = $1.5BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearGross profit$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: GrossProfit. Source concepts: us-gaap:GrossProfit.

TTC diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = $3.17/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$3.00/share$6.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

TTC operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $662.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow$0.0B$375.0M$750.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

TTC capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2025 = $83.7MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

TTC dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Dividends paidLatest point: FY2025 = $151.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDividends paid$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock.

TTC share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Share buybacksLatest point: FY2025 = $290.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

TTC assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $3.4BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$2.0B$4.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

TTC stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = $1.5BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

TTC free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.TTC Free cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $578.3MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearFree cash flow$0.0B$375.0M$750.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-10-31; accession 0000737758-25-000115; filed 2025-12-17. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-06-04. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000737758.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q32022-07-291.19reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-02-031.01reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-05-051.59reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-08-041,081,784,000-0.14reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-10-31983,250,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-02-021,001,900,0000.62reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-05-031,349,000,0001.38reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-08-021,156,900,0001.14reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-10-311,076,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-01-31995,000,00052,800,0000.52reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-05-021,317,900,000136,800,0001.37reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-08-011,131,300,00053,500,0000.54reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-10-311,066,200,00073,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-01-301,036,300,00067,900,0000.69reported discrete quarter
2026-Q22026-05-011,424,700,000145,400,0001.50reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

TTC quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.TTC quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.TTC Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q2 = $1.4BSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$1.0B$2.0B2023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q12026-Q2

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-05-01; accession 0000737758-26-000018; filed 2026-06-04. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

TTC quarterly net income, last 6 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.TTC quarterly net income, last 6 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.TTC Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q2 = $145.4MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M2025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q12026-Q2

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-05-01; accession 0000737758-26-000018; filed 2026-06-04. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

TTC quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.TTC quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.TTC Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q2 = $1.50/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)-$0.50/share$0.00/share$2.00/share2022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q12026-Q2

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-05-01; accession 0000737758-26-000018; filed 2026-06-04. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0000737758-26-000018.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-06-04. Report date: 2026-05-01.

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") is intended to provide a reader of our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements with a narrative from the perspective of management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, and certain other factors that may affect our future results. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms "company," "TTC," "we," "our," or "us" refer to The Toro Company and its consolidated subsidiaries. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the MD&A included in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. Unless expressly stated otherwise, the comparisons presented in this MD&A refer to the same period in the prior fiscal year. Our MD&A is presented as follows:

•Company Overview

•Results of Operations

•Business Segments

•Financial Position

•Non-GAAP Financial Measures

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

This discussion contains various "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and we refer readers to the section titled "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" located at the beginning of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for more information.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Throughout this MD&A, we have provided financial and liquidity measures that are not calculated or presented in accordance with United States ("U.S.") generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") ("non-GAAP financial measures," "adjusted" before specified financial measures, and "non-GAAP liquidity measures"), as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures presented in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures, however, should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

The Toro Company is in the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, and selling professional turf maintenance equipment and services; turf irrigation systems; landscaping equipment and lighting products; snow and ice management products; agricultural irrigation systems; rental, specialty, and underground construction equipment; and residential yard and snow thrower products. Our purpose is to help our customers enrich the beauty, productivity, and sustainability of the land. Sustainability is integrated into our enterprise strategic priorities of accelerating profitable growth, driving productivity and operational excellence, and empowering our people. Our focus on alternative power, smart connected, and autonomous solutions, as well as our continued efforts to address sustainability-focused matters, are disclosed in our most recent Sustainability Report, which is not incorporated by reference into and does not form any part of this report.

We sell our products worldwide through a network of distributors, dealers, mass retailers, hardware retailers, equipment rental centers, and home centers, as well as online and direct to end-users. We strive to provide innovative, well-built, and dependable products supported by an extensive service network. A significant portion of our net sales has historically been, and we expect will continue to be, attributable to new and enhanced products. We define new products as those introduced in the current and previous two fiscal years. We classify our operations into two reportable business segments: Professional and Residential. Our remaining activities are presented as "Other" due to their insignificance, as described in greater detail within the section titled "Business Segments" in this MD&A.

32

Table of Contents

Business Combinations

Acquisition of Tornado Infrastructure Equipment Ltd. ("Tornado Infrastructure Equipment")

On December 8, 2025, we completed the acquisition of Tornado Infrastructure Equipment, a publicly held Canadian company and a manufacturer in the hydrovac excavation solutions industry. Tornado Infrastructure Equipment manufactures hydrovac excavation solutions and industrial equipment solutions for the underground construction, power transmission and energy markets and provides innovative product offerings that broaden and strengthen our Professional segment and expands its dealer network.

The cash consideration, net of cash acquired, was $210.3 million ("purchase price"). The purchase price was funded with borrowings under its existing revolving credit facility. We believe that the information available as of the closing date provides a reasonable basis for estimating fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed; however, we are continuing to finalize these amounts. Thus, the preliminary measurements of the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are subject to change as additional information becomes available and as additional analysis is performed. We expect to finalize the preliminary measurements of fair values as soon as practicable, but no later than one year from the closing date of the acquisition, as required. For additional information regarding the Tornado Infrastructure Equipment acquisition, refer to Note 2, Acquisitions and Divestitures in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part I. Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Tariffs

The tariff environment is complex and evolving. Our business has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, additional costs related to tariffs. We have taken and will continue to take actions to mitigate inflationary pressures caused by tariffs through a combination of targeted price increases, strategic sourcing adjustments, manufacturing and product portfolio optimization, as well as our ongoing efforts to drive sustainable efficiency gains in our operations and administrative structures.

On February 20, 2026, the United States Supreme Court issued a decision invalidating certain tariffs imposed under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act ("IEEPA"). This ruling did not address the availability, timing, or mechanics of any potential refunds of tariffs previously collected.

The U.S. Court of International Trade ("CIT") has issued orders directing the U.S. Customs and Border Protection ("CBP") to refund previously collected IEEPA tariffs. CBP has since launched the Consolidated Administration and Processing of Entries ("CAPE") system which is being deployed in phases to facilitate the submission, validation, and payment of IEEPA tariff refund claims.

There can be no guarantee that any refund, if received, will equal the full amount of IEEPA tariffs paid, and any refund may be subject to further legal, regulatory, or administrative developments. Given these uncertainties, the Company has not recognized any benefit or asset related to potential IEEPA tariff refunds as of May 1, 2026. Based on currently available information, the Company estimates it may be eligible to recover approximately $20 million of IEEPA tariffs paid.

Anticipated IEEPA refunds are expected to substantially offset incremental tariff headwinds associated with changes to tariff regulations enacted in the second quarter of fiscal 2026.

AMP Initiative

In the first quarter of fiscal 2024, we launched a significant productivity initiative named AMP, which is a multi-year initiative now on track to achieve at least $125 million of run-rate savings by fiscal 2027, up from the initial program estimate of at least $100 million. The program is driven by sustainable supply-base, design-to-value, route-to-market, and operational efficiency transformation. We expect to reinvest a portion of the savings from this initiative to drive further innovation and growth. As of the second quarter of fiscal 2026, the AMP initiative has delivered cumulative cost savings of $106.8 million and anticipated annualized cost savings of $105.4 million. Refer to the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information about the productivity initiative charges incurred to generate these savings.

Tax

On July 4, 2025, U.S tax legislation known as the "One Big Beautiful Bill Act" ("OBBB") was signed into law which made permanent many of the tax provisions enacted in 2017 as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that were set to expire at the end of 2025 and other changes to certain U.S. corporate tax provisions, with staggered effective dates beginning this year. While we continue to evaluate the impact of the legislation on our financial position, we do not expect it to have a material impact on our results of operations.

33

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

Consolidated net sales for the second quarter of fiscal 2026 were $1,424.7 million, up 8.1 percent compared to $1,317.9 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2025. For the first six months of fiscal 2026, consolidated net sales were $2,461.0 million, up 6.4 percent compared to $2,312.9 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2025.

Professional segment net sales for the second quarter of fiscal 2026 were $1,106.6 million, up 9.1 percent compared to $1,014.1 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2025. For the first six months of fiscal 2026, Professional net sales were $1,930.6 million, an increase of 8.3 percent compared to $1,782.9 million in the second quarter of the prior fiscal year.

Residential segment net sales for the second quarter of fiscal 2026 were $310.4 million, up 4.4 percent compared to $297.4 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2025. For the first six months of fiscal 2026, Residential net sales were $516.4 million, a decrease of 0.4 percent compared to $518.4 million in the second quarter of the prior fiscal year.

Net earnings for the second quarter of fiscal 2026 were $145.4 million, or $1.50 per diluted share, compared to $136.8 million, or $1.37 per diluted share, for the second quarter of fiscal 2025. Net earnings for the first six months of fiscal 2026 were $213.3 million, or $2.18 per diluted share, compared to $189.6 million, or $1.88 per diluted share, in the comparable fiscal 2025 period.

Adjusted net earnings for the second quarter of fiscal 2026 were $155.4 million, or $1.60 per diluted share, compared to $141.8 million, or $1.42 per diluted share, for the second quarter of fiscal 2025. Adjusted net earnings for the first six months of fiscal 2026 were $228.0 million, or $2.33 per diluted share, compared to $207.7 million, or $2.06 per diluted share, in the comparable fiscal 2025 period.

We maintained our tradition of paying quarterly cash dividends and increased our cash dividend for the second quarter of fiscal 2026 by 2.6 percent to $0.39 per share compared to $0.38 per share paid in the second quarter of fiscal 2025. We also repurchased shares of our common stock under our Board authorized stock repurchase program ("stock repurchase program"), thereby reducing our total shares of common stock outstanding. As a result of the combination of quarterly cash dividends and common stock repurchases, we returned $360.9 million of cash to our stockholders during the first six months of fiscal 2026.

Field inventory levels were lower as of the end of the se

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-12-17. Report date: 2025-10-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") is intended to provide a reader of our Consolidated Financial Statements with a narrative from the perspective of management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, and certain other factors that may affect our future results. Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all references in this MD&A to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements can be found in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless expressly stated otherwise, the comparisons presented in this MD&A refer to the year-over-year comparison of changes in our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025 and 2024. Discussion of fiscal 2023 items and the year-over-year comparison of changes in our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2024 and 2023 can be found in Part II, Item 7, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2024. Statements that are not historical are forward-looking and involve risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risks and uncertainties could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested throughout this MD&A.

Our MD&A is presented as follows:

•Company Overview

•Results of Operations

•Business Segments

•Financial Position

•Non-GAAP Financial Measures

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Throughout this MD&A, we have provided financial and liquidity measures that are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP ("non-GAAP financial measures," "adjusted" before specified financial measures, and "non-GAAP liquidity measures"), as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures, however, should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

COMPANY OVERVIEW

Executive Summary

Our fiscal 2025 results included the following items of significance that are provided in summary format here and described in greater detail throughout the "Results of Operations," "Business Segments," and "Financial Position" sections:

•Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2025 were $4,510.4 million, a decrease of 1.6 percent compared to $4,583.8 million in fiscal 2024.

•Professional segment net sales for fiscal 2025 were $3,624.0 million, an increase of 1.9 percent compared to $3,556.9 million in fiscal 2024.

•Residential segment net sales for fiscal 2025 were $858.4 million, a decrease of 14.0 percent compared to $998.3 million in fiscal 2024.

•Gross margin was 33.4 percent in fiscal 2025, a decrease of 40 basis points compared to 33.8 percent in fiscal 2024.

•Adjusted gross margin was 34.1 percent in fiscal 2025, an increase of 20 basis points compared to 33.9 percent in fiscal 2024.

•SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2025 was 22.5 percent, an increase of 30 basis points compared to 22.2 percent in fiscal 2024.

•Net earnings for fiscal 2025 were $316.1 million, or $3.17 per diluted share, compared to $418.9 million, or $4.01 per diluted share, in fiscal 2024.

•Adjusted net earnings for fiscal 2025 were $419.6 million, or $4.20 per diluted share, compared to $435.2 million, or $4.17 per diluted share, in fiscal 2024.

37

Table of Contents

•Field inventory was lower as of the end of fiscal 2025 compared to the end of fiscal 2024, primarily due to decreased balances of golf and grounds and turf products, partially offset by higher balances of underground construction products.

•Our order backlog represents unfulfilled customer orders at a point in time. Our order backlog (including shipments beyond 12 months) decreased $0.4 billion to $0.8 billion as of October 31, 2025 from $1.2 billion as of October 31, 2024, primarily driven by improved manufacturing output and more normalized order patterns. Although we continue to see sustained demand for underground construction and golf and grounds products, we expect backlog to normalize by mid-fiscal 2026 given our improved manufacturing output and lower lead times.

We continued our history of paying quarterly cash dividends throughout fiscal 2025 and increased our fiscal 2025 quarterly cash dividend by 5.6 percent to $0.38 per share compared to $0.36 per share paid in fiscal 2024. We also repurchased shares of our common stock under our Board authorized stock repurchase program ("stock repurchase program"), thereby reducing our total shares of common stock outstanding. As a result of the combination of quarterly cash dividends and common stock repurchases, we returned $441.1 million of cash to our shareholders during fiscal 2025. As of October 31, 2025, we had a strong liquidity profile with available liquidity of $1,238.9 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $341.0 million and availability under our revolving credit facility of $897.9 million.

Tariffs

The tariff environment is complex and evolving. Our business has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, additional costs as it relates to tariffs. We have taken and will continue to take action to mitigate inflationary pressures caused by tariffs through a combination of targeted price increases, strategic sourcing adjustments, manufacturing and product portfolio optimization, as well as our ongoing efforts to drive sustainable efficiency gains in our operations and administrative structures.

AMP Initiative

In the first quarter of fiscal 2024, we launched a significant productivity initiative named AMP, which is a multi-year initiative now on track to achieve at least $125 million of run-rate savings by fiscal 2027, up from the initial program estimate of at least $100 million. The program is driven by sustainable supply-base, design-to-value, route-to-market, and operational efficiency transformation. We expect to reinvest a portion of the savings from this initiative to drive further innovation and growth. As of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025, the AMP initiative has delivered cumulative cost savings of $78.5 million and anticipated annualized cost savings of $86.2 million. Refer to the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information about the productivity initiative charges incurred to generate these savings.

Impairment of Spartan Trade Name

During the third quarter of fiscal 2025, we recorded an impairment charge of $81.1 million related to the indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset reported under the Professional segment. Subsequent to this impairment charge, the indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset is fully impaired, resulting in a carrying value of zero. This impairment charge is included in the Non-cash impairment charge caption on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The impairment charge resulted in a $19.7 million income tax benefit (deferred tax asset) associated with the remaining tax deductible basis of the intangible asset. For additional information regarding the impairment charge, refer to Note 5, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Tax

On July 4, 2025, new U.S tax legislation was signed into law (known as the "One Big Beautiful Bill Act" or "OBBB") which makes permanent many of the tax provisions enacted in 2017 as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that were set to expire at the end of 2025. In addition, the OBBB makes changes to certain U.S. corporate tax provisions, but many are generally not effective until 2026 or later. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new legislation but does not expect it to have a material impact on the results of operations.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Sales

Consolidated net sales in fiscal 2025 were $4,510.4 million compared to $4,583.8 million in fiscal 2024, a decrease of 1.6 percent. This net sales decrease was primarily driven by lower Residential segment shipments and prior year divestitures, partially offset by net price realization and higher Professional segment shipments.

Net sales in international markets were $878.3 million for fiscal 2025 compared to $923.0 million in fiscal 2024, a decrease of 4.8 percent. The international net sales decrease was primarily driven by lower shipments of both Residential and Professional segment products. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates resulted in a decrease in our net sales of $4.2 million in fiscal 2025.

38

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our results of operations as a percentage of our consolidated net sales:

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120252024
Net sales100.0%100.0%
Cost of sales(66.6)(66.2)
Gross margin33.433.8
SG&A expense(22.5)(22.2)
Non-cash impairment charge(1.8)
Operating earnings9.111.6
Interest expense(1.3)(1.3)
Other income, net0.60.9
Earnings before income taxes8.411.2
Provision for income taxes(1.4)(2.1)
Net earnings7.0%9.1%

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales and gross margin represents gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Cost of Sales," for a description of expenses included in cost of sales. Gross profit for fiscal 2025 was $1,504.8 million, down 2.9 percent compared to gross profit of $1,549.3 million in fiscal 2024. Gross margin was 33.4 percent in fiscal 2025 compared to 33.8 percent in fiscal 2024, a decrease of 40 basis points. This gross margin decrease was primarily due to lower net sales volume, higher material and manufacturing costs, inventory valuation adjustments, and higher productivity initiative charges, partially offset by productivity improvements, net price realization, and product mix.

Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expense

SG&A expense decreased $2.2 million, or 0.2 percent, in fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Selling, General and Administrative Expense" for a description of expenses included in SG&A expense. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expense was 22.5 percent in fiscal 2025 compared to 22.2 percent in fiscal 2024, an increase of 30 basis points. The increase in SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to lower net sales volume and higher incentive expenses, partially offset by cost savings measures.

Non-Cash Impairment Charge

We recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $81.1 million within our Other activities in fiscal 2025. No impairment charges were recognized in fiscal 2024.

Interest Expense

Interest expense primarily consists of interest costs incurred on outstanding borrowings related to our fixed and variable interest rate debt arrangements, as well as amortization of the debt issuance costs associated with our debt arrangements. Interest expense for fiscal 2025 decreased $2.8 million compared to fiscal 2024. This decrease was primarily driven by lower average interest rates during fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net for fiscal 2025 was $26.8 million compared to $41.4 million in fiscal 2024, a decrease of $14.6 million in fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024. This decrease in other income, net was primarily due to prior year net gains on divestitures, current year net losses on divestitures, prior year net favorable legal settlement activity, and lower income from our Red Iron joint venture, partially offset by the favorable impact from derivative instruments.

39

Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2025 was 16.3 percent compared to 18.3 percent in fiscal 2024. The decrease in the effective tax rate for fiscal 2025 was primarily due to the impact of the non-cash impairment charge and a more favorable geographic mix of earnings in the current year, partially offset by lower tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock compensation. The adjusted effective tax rate for fiscal 2025 was 17.8 percent, compared to an adjusted effective tax rate of 18.8 percent in fiscal 2024. The decrease in the adjusted effective tax rate was primarily due to a more favorable geographic mix of earnings.

Net Earnings and Net Earnings Per Diluted Share

Fiscal 2025 net earnings were $316.1 million compared to $418.9 million in fiscal 2024, a decrease of 24.5 percent. Fiscal 2025 diluted net earnings per share were $3.17, a decrease of 20.9 percent from $4.01 per diluted share in fiscal 2024. The decrease in net earnings per diluted share for fiscal 2025 was primarily due to the non-cash impairment charge, higher productivity initiative charges, lower Residential segment earnings, and higher incentive expenses, partially offset by higher Professional segment earnings and lower shares outstanding. Adjusted net earnings for fiscal 2025 were $419.6 million, or $4.20 per diluted share, compared to $435.2 million, or $4.17 per diluted share, in fiscal 2024.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

As more fully described in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we operate in two reportable business segments: Professional and Residential. Segment earnings (loss) before interest and taxes ("EBIT") for our Professional and Residential reportable segments are defined as earnings from operations plus other income, net. Our remaining activities consisting of a wholly-owned domestic distribution company, Red Iron joint venture, certain corporate activities, impairment charges, and the elimination of intersegment revenues and expenses, are presented as "Other" due to their insignificance. Corporate activities include general corporate expenditures, such as finance, human resources, legal, information technology, public relations, business development, and similar activities, productivity initiative charges, and other unallocated corporate assets and liabilities, such as corporate facilities and deferred tax assets and liabilities. The following information provides perspective on the net sales and results of our reportable business segments and Other activities.

Professional Segment

Professional segment net sales represented 80.3 percent and 77.6 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2025 and 2024, respectively. The following table presents our Professional segment's net sales, EBIT, and EBIT margin (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120252024
Net sales$3,624.0$3,556.9
Percentage change from prior year1.9%(3.2)%
EBIT$702.5$638.9
EBIT margin19.4%18.0%

Professional Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Professional segment in fiscal 2025 increased 1.9 percent compared to fiscal 2024. This increase was primarily driven by higher shipments of golf, grounds, and underground construction products, as well as net price realization, partially offset by prior year divestitures and lower shipments of specialty construction products.

Professional Segment EBIT

Professional segment EBIT increased 10.0 percent in fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024, and Professional segment EBIT margin increased to 19.4 percent from 18.0 percent. The increase in Professional segment EBIT margin for fiscal 2025 was primarily due to net price realization, productivity improvements, cost savings measures, partially offset by higher material and manufacturing costs and inventory valuation adjustments.

Residential Segment

Residential segment net sales represented 19.0 percent and 21.8 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2025 and 2024, respectively. The following table presents our Residential segment's net sales, EBIT, and EBIT margin (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120252024
Net sales$858.4$998.3
Percentage change from prior year(14.0)%16.9%
EBIT$35.8$78.4
EBIT margin4.2%7.9%

40

Table of Contents

Residential Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Residential segment in fiscal 2025 decreased by 14.0 percent compared to fiscal 2024. This decrease was primarily driven by lower shipments broadly across the segment, as well as the prior year Pope divestiture.

Residential Segment EBIT

Residential segment EBIT decreased 54.3 percent in fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024, and Residential segment EBIT margin decreased to 4.2 percent from 7.9 percent. The decrease in Residential segment EBIT margin for fiscal 2025 was primarily driven by lower net sales volume, higher material and manufacturing costs, and inventory valuation adjustments, partially offset by productivity improvements and cost savings measures.

Other Activities

Net sales for our Other activities consist of sales from a wholly-owned domestic distribution company less intercompany sales from our Professional and Residential business segments to a wholly-owned domestic distribution company. Net sales for our Other activities represented 0.7 percent and 0.6 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The following table presents net sales and EBIT (Loss) for our Other activities (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120252024
Net sales$28.0$28.6
Percentage change from prior year(2.1)%17.2%
EBIT (Loss)1$(301.6)$(142.6)

1 Presentation of fiscal 2024 EBIT (Loss) has been conformed to the current year presentation.

Other Net Sales

Net sales for our Other activities includes sales from a wholly-owned domestic distribution company net of intersegment sales from the Professional and Residential segments to the distribution company. Net sales for our Other activities in fiscal 2025 decreased $0.6 million compared to fiscal 2024.

Other EBIT (Loss)

The loss before interest and taxes for our Other activities increased $159.0 million in fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024. This year-over-year loss increase was primarily driven by the non-cash impairment charge, higher productivity initiative charges, and higher incentive expenses.

FINANCIAL POSITION

Working Capital

Our ongoing goal is to maintain requisite inventory levels to meet our anticipated production requirements, avoid manufacturing delays, and meet the demand for our products, as well as working to ensure service parts availability for our customers. The following table highlights several key measures of our working capital performance (dollars in millions except average days outstanding and turnover):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120252024
Average receivables, net$455.2$480.0
Average inventories, net1,115.61,156.8
Average accounts payable$427.5$449.0
Average days outstanding for receivables36.838.2
Average inventory turnover (times per fiscal year)2.72.6

As of the end of fiscal 2025, our average net working capital was 25.3 percent compared to 25.9 percent as of the end of fiscal 2024. We calculate our average net working capital as average net accounts receivable plus average net inventory, less average accounts payable as a percentage of net sales for a twelve month period.

The following factors impacted our average net working capital during fiscal 2025 as compared to fiscal 2024:

•Average net receivables decreased by 5.2 percent, primarily driven by timing of shipments and lower net sales volume. Our average days outstanding for receivables decreased to 36.8 days in fiscal 2025 compared to 38.2 days in fiscal 2024.

•Average net inventories decreased by 3.6 percent, primarily due to lower raw materials, work in process, and finished goods balances.

•Average accounts payable decreased by 4.8 percent, primarily due to lower purchases.

41

Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

We make ongoing capital investments in our property, plant, and equipment and believe that in periods of normalized supply chain conditions our historical capital investments in our manufacturing facilities and other capital assets will increase the production capacity and efficiencies of our operations to better enable us to meet the needs of our customers. Fiscal 2025 capital expenditures of $83.7 million were $19.8 million lower than our fiscal 2024 capital expenditures of $103.5 million.

Cash Flows

Cash flows provided by/(used in) operating, investing, and financing activities during the past two fiscal years are shown in the following table (dollars in millions):

Cash Provided by/(Used in)
Fiscal Years Ended October 3120252024
Operating activities$662.0$569.9
Investing activities(77.4)(59.7)
Financing activities(446.1)(505.1)
Effect of exchange rates on cash3.01.3
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents141.56.4
Cash and cash equivalents as of the end of the fiscal period$341.0$199.5

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our primary source of funds is cash generated from operations. In fiscal 2025, cash provided by operating activities increased $92.1 million from fiscal 2024. This increase was mainly due to net favorable fluctuations in working capital.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Acquisitions and capital expenditures are a significant use of our capital resources. These investments are intended to enable sales growth in new, existing, and expanding markets, help us meet product demand, and increase our manufacturing efficiencies and capacity. In fiscal 2025, cash used in investing activities increased $17.7 million from fiscal 2024. This increase was primarily driven by lower proceeds from divestitures, partially offset by lower purchases of property, plant, and equipment in the current year period compared to the prior period.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

In fiscal 2025, cash used in financing activities decreased $59.0 million from fiscal 2024. This decrease was mainly due to net debt repayments in the prior year, partially offset by higher common stock repurchases.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of October 31, 2025, we had available liquidity of $1,238.9 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $341.0 million, of which $141.3 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries, and availability under our revolving credit facility of $897.9 million.

We expect that $45.8 million of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries will be indefinitely reinvested. Should these cash and cash equivalents be distributed in the future in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, state income taxes, and/or additional federal taxes for currency fluctuations. As of October 31, 2025, the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to our investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and any withholding, state, or additional federal taxes upon any future repatriation, are not material and have not been recorded.

We believe our current liquidity position, including the funds available through existing, and potential future, financing arrangements and projected cash flows from operations will be sufficient to provide the necessary capital resources for our anticipated working capital needs, payroll, and other administrative costs, capital expenditures, lease payments, purchase commitments, contractual obligations, acquisitions, investments, establishment of new facilities, expansion and renovation of existing facilities, financing receivables from customers that are not financed with Red Iron or other third-party financial institutions, contingent consideration payments, debt repayments, interest payments, quarterly cash dividend payments, and common stock repurchases, all as applicable, for at least the next twelve months.

42

Table of Contents

Indebtedness

The following is a summary of our indebtedness (dollars in millions):

October 3120252024
Revolving credit facility, due October 2029$$
Term loan, due October 2029200.0200.0
Term loan, due April 2027200.0
3.81% series A senior notes, due June 2029100.0100.0
3.91% series B senior notes, due June 2031100.0100.0
3.97% senior notes, due June 2032100.0100.0
5.27% senior notes, due September 2032200.0
7.8% debentures, due June 2027100.0100.0
6.625% senior notes, due May 2037124.3124.2
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs2.82.4
Long-term debt$921.5$921.8
Less: current portion of long-term debt10.0
Long-term debt, less current portion$921.5$911.8

Principal payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, based on the maturity dates defined within our debt arrangements, for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows (dollars in millions):

Succeeding fiscal yearPrincipal payments
2026$
2027100.0
202820.0
2029280.0
2030
Thereafter525.0
Total principal payments$925.0

Interest payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, assuming no prepayments of indebtedness, for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows (dollars in millions):

Succeeding fiscal yearInterest payments
2026$48.3
202748.3
202845.3
202938.5
203029.0
Thereafter$82.8

Interest on variable rate debt was calculated using the interest rate as of October 31, 2025.

Our revolving credit facility has a borrowing capacity of up to $900.0 million that matures on October 2, 2029. Included in the revolving credit facility is a $10.0 million sublimit for standby letters of credit and a $75.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. At our election, and with the approval of the named borrowers on the revolving credit facility and the election of the lenders to fund such increase, the aggregate maximum principal amount available under the revolving credit facility may be increased by an amount of up to $450.0 million. As of October 31, 2025 we had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and $2.1 million outstanding under the sublimit for standby letters of credit, resulting in $897.9 million of unutilized availability under our revolving credit facility. As of October 31, 2024 we had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and $2.7 million outstanding under the sublimit for standby letters of credit, resulting in $897.3 million of unutilized availability under our revolving credit facility. As of October 31, 2025, our debt ratings for long-term unsecured senior, non-credit enhanced debt by Standard and Poor's Ratings Group and by Moody's Investors Service were BBB and Baa1, respectively, and in both cases with a stable outlook.

Our debt agreements contain customary representations and warranties of the company, event of default provisions, as well as certain customary covenants, including, without limitation, financial covenants, such as the maintenance of a maximum leverage ratio; and negative covenants, which among other things, limit cash dividends, disposition of assets, consolidations and mergers, liens, and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. Most of these restrictions are subject to certain

43

Table of Contents

minimum thresholds, and we were in compliance with all covenants under our outstanding indebtedness as of October 31, 2025. The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness are described in Note 6, Indebtedness, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Capital Structure

The following table details the components of our capital structure and debt-to-capitalization ratio (dollars in millions, except percentage data):

October 3120252024
Long-term debt$921.5$921.8
Stockholders' equity$1,453.3$1,551.9
Debt-to-capitalization ratio38.8%37.3%

Our debt-to-capitalization ratio increased in fiscal 2025 compared to fiscal 2024 primarily due to shareholder buybacks and dividends partially offset by our continued profitability.

Cash Dividends

In each quarter of fiscal 2025, our Board of Directors declared a common stock cash dividend of $0.38 per share, which was a 5.6 percent increase over our common stock cash dividend of $0.36 per share paid each quarter in fiscal 2024. On December 9, 2025, our Board of Directors increased our fiscal 2026 first quarter common stock cash dividend by 2.6 percent to $0.39 per share. Future common stock cash dividends will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Common Stock Repurchases

Our stock repurchase program provides shares for use in connection with our stock-based compensation plans, among other uses, and has no expiration. The following table provides information with respect to repurchases of our common stock during the past two fiscal years (dollars in millions, except share and per share data):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120252024
Shares of Board authorized common stock repurchased3,780,1672,777,534
Cost to repurchase common stock$290.0$245.5
Average price paid per share$76.72$88.39

As of October 31, 2025, 4,391,790 shares of our common stock remained available for repurchase under our stock repurchase program. On December 9, 2025, the company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to an additional 6,000,000 shares of common stock under the stock repurchase program. This repurchase authorization has no expiration date. We currently expect to continue stock repurchases in fiscal 2026, depending on our cash balance, debt repayments, common stock price and other market conditions, our anticipated working capital needs, and/or other factors.

Customer Financing

Inventory Financing Arrangements

We are party to inventory financing arrangements with Red Iron, HCFC, and other third-party financial institutions (collectively, the "financial institutions") which provide inventory financing to certain dealers and distributors of certain of our products in the U.S. and internationally. These financing arrangements are structured as an advance in the form of a payment by the financial institutions to us on behalf of a distributor or dealer with respect to invoices financed by the financial institution. These payments extinguish the obligation of the dealer or distributor to make payment to us under the terms of the applicable invoice.

Under separate agreements between the financial institutions and the dealers and distributors, the financial institutions provide loans to the dealers and distributors for the advances paid by the financial institutions to us. Under these financing arrangements, down payments are not required, and depending on the finance program for each product line, finance charges are incurred by us, shared between us and the distributor and/or the dealer, or paid by the distributor or dealer. The financial institutions retain a security interest in the distributors' and dealers' financed inventories and such inventories are monitored regularly through audits. Financing terms to the distributors and dealers require payment as the inventory, which secures the indebtedness, is sold to end-users or when payment otherwise becomes due under the agreements between the financial institutions and the distributors and dealers, whichever occurs first. Rates are generally indexed to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), or an alternative variable rate, plus a fixed percentage that differs based on whether the financing is for a distributor or dealer. Rates may also vary based on the product that is financed.

44

Table of Contents

The net amount of receivables financed for dealers and distributors under the arrangement with Red Iron during fiscal 2025 and 2024 was $2,680.9 million and $2,613.3 million, respectively. The total amount of net receivables outstanding under the arrangement with Red Iron as of October 31, 2025 and 2024 was $807.6 million and $979.6 million, respectively. The total amount of receivables due from Red Iron to us as of October 31, 2025 and 2024 were $21.6 million and $26.0 million, respectively.

The net amount of receivables financed for dealers and distributors under the arrangements with HCFC and the other third-party financial institutions during fiscal 2025 and 2024 was $712.5 million and $612.1 million, respectively. As of October 31, 2025 and 2024, $308.3 million and $272.2 million, respectively, of receivables financed by HCFC and the other third-party financial institutions were outstanding.

Inventory Repurchase Agreements

We have entered into a limited inventory repurchase agreement with Red Iron and HCFC under which we have agreed to repurchase certain repossessed products, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $7.5 million in a calendar year.

We have also entered into inventory repurchase agreements with the other third-party financial institutions under which we have agreed to repurchase certain repossessed products. As of October 31, 2025 and 2024, we were contingently liable to repurchase up to a maximum amount of $29.0 million and $29.5 million of repossessed inventory, respectively.

Our financial exposure under these inventory repurchase agreements is limited to the difference between the amount paid to Red Iron, HCFC or other third-party financing institutions for repurchases of inventory and the amount received upon subsequent resale of the repossessed product. We have repurchased immaterial amounts of inventory pursuant to such arrangements over the past three fiscal years. However, a decline in retail sales or financial difficulties of our distributors or dealers could cause this situation to change and thereby require us to repurchase financed product, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

End-User Financing

We have agreements with third-party financing companies to provide financing options to end-customers throughout the world. The purpose of these agreements is to provide end-users of our products alternative financing options when purchasing our products. We have no material contingent liabilities for residual value or credit collection risk under these agreements with third-party financing companies.

From time to time, we enter into agreements where we provide recourse to third-party finance companies in the event of default by the customer for financing payments to the third-party finance company. We may recover a portion of any required recourse payments incurred under these agreements from repossession and resale of the equipment collateralizing the receivables. Our maximum exposure for credit collection under those arrangements as of October 31, 2025 and 2024 was $4.1 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

Termination or any material change to the terms of our end-user financing arrangements, availability of credit for our customers, including any delay in securing replacement credit sources, or significant financed product repurchase requirements could have a material adverse impact on our future operating results.

Open Account Terms

We continue to provide financing in the form of open account terms directly to home centers and mass retailers, general line irrigation dealers, certain domestic and international distributors and dealers, ag-irrigation dealers and distributors, government customers, and rental companies.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We have provided in this Annual Report on Form 10-K certain non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We use these non-GAAP financial measures in making operating decisions and assessing liquidity because we believe they provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our core operational performance and cash flows, as a measure of our liquidity, and provide us with a better understanding of how to allocate resources to both ongoing and prospective business initiatives. Additionally, these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate our internal comparisons to both our historical operating results and to our competitors' operating results by factoring out potential differences caused by charges and benefits not related to our regular, ongoing business, including, without limitation, certain non-cash, large, and/or unpredictable charges and benefits; acquisitions and dispositions; legal judgments, settlements, or other matters; and tax positions.

We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better

45

Table of Contents

understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. The non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similar measures used by other companies.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following table provides a reconciliation of financial performance measures calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP to the most directly comparable non-GAAP financial performance measures for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in millions, except per share and percentage data):

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2025October 31, 2024
Gross profit$1,504.8$1,549.3
Productivity initiative131.65.7
Adjusted gross profit$1,536.4$1,555.0
Gross margin33.4%33.8%
Productivity initiative10.7%0.1%
Adjusted gross margin34.1%33.9%
Operating earnings$409.9$533.3
Productivity initiative148.127.2
Non-cash impairment charge281.1
Adjusted operating earnings$539.1$560.5
Operating earnings margin9.1%11.6%
Productivity initiative11.1%0.6%
Non-cash impairment charge21.8%%
Adjusted operating earnings margin12.0%12.2%
Earnings before income taxes$377.6$512.8
Productivity initiative151.723.1
Non-cash impairment charge281.1
Adjusted earnings before income taxes$510.4$535.9
Income tax provision$61.5$93.9
Productivity initiative19.33.3
Non-cash impairment charge219.7
Tax impact of stock-based compensation30.33.5
Adjusted income tax provision$90.8$100.7
Net earnings$316.1$418.9
Productivity initiative142.419.8
Non-cash impairment charge261.4
Tax impact of stock-based compensation3(0.3)(3.5)
Adjusted net earnings$419.6$435.2
Net earnings per diluted share$3.17$4.01
Productivity initiative10.420.19
Non-cash impairment charge20.61
Tax impact of stock-based compensation3(0.03)
Adjusted net earnings per diluted share$4.20$4.17
Effective tax rate16.3%18.3%
Productivity initiative1%(0.2)%
Non-cash impairment charge21.4%%
Tax impact of stock-based compensation30.1%0.7%
Adjusted effective tax rate17.8%18.8%

1    In the first quarter of fiscal 2024, we launched a significant productivity initiative named AMP, as discussed in more detail under the heading "Company Overview-AMP Initiative" in this section. We considered the nature, frequency, and scale of this initiative compared to our prior productivity initiatives when determining that the expenses associated with AMP, unlike our prior productivity initiatives, are not common, normal, recurring operating expenses and are not representative of our ongoing business operations. Productivity initiative charges for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025 and 2024 primarily

46

Table of Contents

represent facility exit costs, severance and termination benefits, compensation for fully-dedicated AMP personnel, third-party consulting costs, and product-line exit costs.

2    At the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2025, the company recorded a non-cash impairment charge within Other activities related to the Spartan trade name, as discussed in more detail under the heading "Company Overview-Impairment of Spartan Trade Name" in this section.

3    The accounting standards codification guidance governing employee stock-based compensation requires that any excess or deficient tax deduction for stock-based compensation be immediately recorded within income tax expense. Employee stock-based compensation activity, including the exercise of stock options, can be unpredictable and can significantly impact our net earnings, net earnings per diluted share, and effective tax rate. These amounts represent the discrete tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025 and 2024.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Liquidity Measures

We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant, and equipment, net of proceeds from insurance claim. Free cash flow conversion percentage represents free cash flow as a percentage of net earnings, excluding the non-cash impairment charge. We consider free cash flow and free cash flow conversion percentage to be non-GAAP liquidity measures that provide useful information to management and investors about our ability to convert net earnings into cash resources that can be used to pursue opportunities to enhance shareholder value, fund ongoing and prospective business initiatives, and strengthen our Consolidated Balance Sheets, after reinvesting in necessary capital expenditures required to maintain and grow our business.

The following table provides a reconciliation of free cash flow and free cash flow conversion percentage to net cash provided by operating activities, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025 and October 31, 2024 (dollars in millions, except percentage data):

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2025October 31, 2024
Net cash provided by operating activities$662.0$569.9
Less: Purchases of property, plant, and equipment, net of proceeds from insurance claim83.799.2
Free cash flow578.3470.7
Net earnings, excluding the non-cash impairment charge of $81.1 million$397.2$418.9
Free cash flow conversion percentage145.6%112.4%

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, we must make decisions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and the assumptions on which to base accounting estimates. In reaching such decisions, we apply judgment based on our understanding and analysis of the relevant circumstances, historical experience, and actuarial and other independent external third-party specialist valuations, when applicable. As a result, actual amounts could differ from those estimated at the time the Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Some of those significant accounting policies require us to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments or estimates. An accounting estimate is considered to be critical if it meets both of the following criteria: (i) the estimate requires assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain and susceptible to change at the time the accounting estimate is made and different estimates reasonably could have been used and (ii) changes in the estimate may have a material impact on the presentation of our financial condition or results of operations. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include the following:

Sales Promotions and Incentives

We recognize revenues based on the transaction price of the good or service sold to our customers, which is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring product or rendering services pursuant to the terms of the contract with a customer. The amount of consideration we receive and the revenue we recognize varies with changes in the variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs offered to customers that are determined to represent price concessions. The estimated expense of each sales promotion and incentive program is classified and recorded as a reduction from gross sales or as a component of SG&A expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings when revenue is recognized, depending on the nature of the respective program. Generally, the cost of a program is recorded as a reduction from gross sales when revenue is recognized and thus is considered to be variable consideration if the expense is determined to represent a price concession because the program either: (i) results in an immediate reduction of the transaction price with no anticipated future costs or consideration to be provided to the customer or (ii) we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice for which we do not receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program. In other circumstances, the anticipated future cost of a program based on historical or expected future business practice is recorded as SG&A expense

47

Table of Contents

because we receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program.

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a reduction from gross sales are as follows:

•Off-Invoice Discounts: Our off-invoice discounts represent an immediate reduction in the selling price of our products that is realized at the time of sale with no anticipated future cost or consideration provided to the customer.

•Rebate Programs: Our rebate programs are generally based on claims submitted from either our direct customers or end-users of our products or are based on our purchase or retail sales goals for our direct customers of certain quantities or mixes of product during a specified time period, depending upon the program. The amount of the rebate varies based on the specific program and is either a dollar amount or a percentage of the purchase price and can also be based on actual retail price as compared to our selling price. Consideration is typically provided to our customers for our rebate programs after the initial sale of our products to our direct customers and thus, there is generally an anticipated future cost at the time revenue is recognized based on historical and expected future business practice.

•Financing Programs: Our financing programs consist of inventory financing arrangements with financial institutions and end-user financing. Costs incurred for inventory financing arrangements represent dealer and distributor financing costs shared by the company for a pre-established length of time based on a predefined rate from the contract between the company and the financial institution to finance dealer and distributor inventory purchases. End-user financing is offered to end-user customers under which we, at our discretion, may pay a portion of interest costs on behalf of end-users for financing purchases of our equipment.

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are not considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a component of SG&A expense are as follows:

•Commissions Paid to Distributors and Dealers: For certain products, we use a distribution network of distributors and dealers that purchase and take possession of products for sale to the end customer. We also have dealers and distributors that act as sales agents for us on certain products using a direct-selling type model. Under this direct-selling type model, our network of distributors and dealers facilitates a sale directly to the dealer or end-user customer on our behalf. Commissions to distributors and dealers in these instances represent commission payments to sales agents that are also our customers. In addition, TTC dealers are often paid a commission to set up and deliver riding product purchased at certain mass retailers and home centers.

•Cooperative Advertising: Cooperative advertising programs are based on advertising costs incurred by distributors and dealers for promoting our products. We support a portion of those advertising costs in which claims are submitted by the distributor or dealer along with evidence of the advertising material procured/produced and evidence of the cost incurred in the form of third-party invoices or receipts.

Regardless of classification of the cost of the sales promotion and incentive program within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, we record an accrual within the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the estimated future expense of certain of our sales promotion and incentive programs for which we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice by using the expected value method and applying the portfolio approach practical expedient under the accounting standards codification guidance for revenue from contracts with customers. Under such approach, our determination of variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs is primarily based on the terms of the sales arrangements and sales promotion and incentive programs with customers, historical payment and rebate claims experience, field inventory levels, quantity or mix of products purchased, projected sales volumes, types of programs offered, and expectations for the acceptance of sales promotion and incentive programs offered in the future or changes in other relevant trends.

Of our sales promotion and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration, our off-invoice discounts and financing programs are less subject to complex judgment or estimates as compared to our rebate programs, which are subject to a more significant level of estimation uncertainty as they require inputs and assumptions that are more susceptible to change or subjectivity. Specifically, our rebate programs are primarily sensitive to fluctuations in historical payment and rebate claims experience as compared to actual realized payment and rebate claims, field inventory levels, and projected wholesale and retail sales volumes and the quantity or mix of products.

Adjustments to sales promotions and incentive accruals are made from time to time as actual usage becomes known in order to properly estimate the amounts necessary to generate consumer demand based on market conditions as of the balance sheet date. As of October 31, 2025, we had recorded an accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs of $168.6 million within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs is adequate as of October 31, 2025 and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process, actual results may differ from these estimates if competitive factors dictate the need to enhance or modify sales promotion and incentive programs or if customer usage, product mix, or field inventory levels vary from historical trends.

48

Table of Contents

Impairment

Goodwill

Goodwill is initially recognized as a result of the excess of purchase consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. As of October 31, 2025, our goodwill balance was $450.9 million. Goodwill is not amortized, but is assessed for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred prior to the annual assessment. Based on a change made to our operating segments during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025, as discussed in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we have eight operating segments. The company tested goodwill of the new reporting units for impairment both before and following the change in reporting unit structure, and no impairment was identified. Seven of our reporting units contained goodwill on their respective balance sheets as of October 31, 2025.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025, consistent with prior fiscal years, we performed our annual quantitative goodwill impairment assessment, which is a one-step process. In performing the quantitative analysis, we compare the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, to its fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Based on the fourth quarter annual quantitative goodwill impairment analysis, we determined there was no impairment of goodwill for any of our reporting units as the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value, including goodwill. Further, the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value, including goodwill, in excess of 11 percent.

The fair value of each reporting unit under the quantitative goodwill impairment test was determined using a discounted cash flow model under the income approach which requires the use of significant judgment regarding the selection of various inputs and assumptions, including projected operating results and growth rates from the company's projection process, applicable tax rates, estimated capital expenditures and depreciation, estimated changes in working capital, terminal growth rates applied to projected operating results in the terminal period, and a weighted-average cost of capital ("WACC") rate. Actual future results may differ significantly from the assumptions used in our valuations resulting in future impairment losses and such losses could be material. As such estimates are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions, we performed sensitivity analyses to address this risk. The WACC rate could be increased by 95 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units. Additionally, the terminal growth rate could be decreased by 135 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units.

These inputs and assumptions, which are independently determined and vary for each reporting unit, are based on historical experience, our projections of future operating results and contemplate current and future business, industry, and economic conditions, as well as relevant observable market inputs and consideration of risk regarding future performance for purposes of determining the WACC and terminal growth rates. The WACC rate selected is commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective reporting unit and in our projected operating results and is calculated based on weighted average returns on debt and equity from guideline public companies. Therefore, changes in the market that are beyond our control and that impact our guideline public companies may have an adverse effect on our future calculations of the estimated fair values of our reporting units. Terminal growth rates are generally determined based on economic and industry growth expectations, while also considering the lifecycle stage of each respective reporting unit. Where available, and as appropriate, comparable EBITDA and revenue multiples are derived from the market prices of stocks of guideline public companies and are used to assist in developing an estimated business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach to corroborate our determination of the estimated fair values of our reporting units under the income approach. Identifying appropriate guideline public companies for purposes of computing estimated market multiples and selecting an appropriate WACC rate is subjective. We select guideline public companies that are engaged in the same or similar lines of business and that have reasonably similar qualitative factors as our reporting units, while also considering relevant quantitative factors such as profitability and market capitalization, where applicable. As a final corroboratory step, we reconcile the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units resulting from the income approach to our company's market capitalization.

While our annual impairment assessment performed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025 supported the carrying amount of our goodwill, we may be required to re-evaluate the carrying amounts in future periods utilizing different inputs and assumptions that reflect the then current market conditions and expectations regarding our operating performance, which may result in a future impairment that could be material.

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are initially recognized at their estimated fair values as a result of a business combination or asset acquisition. As of October 31, 2025, our indefinite-lived intangible asset balances, which consist of certain trade names,

49

Table of Contents

were $190.6 million. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are assessed for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred prior to the annual assessment. We assess indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the individual indefinite-lived intangible asset.

Fiscal 2025 Impairment

During the preparation of the financial statements for the third quarter of fiscal 2025, we concluded that impairment indicators existed for our indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset. Based on the resulting impairment assessment performed, we recorded an impairment charge of $81.1 million related to the indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset in the third quarter of fiscal 2025. For additional information regarding the impairment charge, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Annual Impairment Analysis

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025, consistent with prior fiscal years, we performed our annual quantitative impairment assessment for indefinite-lived intangible assets by comparing the carrying amounts of each respective asset to its estimated fair value. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Based on our fourth quarter quantitative impairment analysis, we determined that our indefinite-lived intangible assets were not impaired as the estimated fair value of each of our indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded its carrying value. Further, the fair value of each of our indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded its carrying value in excess of 14 percent.

Fair value was determined using the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach which requires the use of significant judgment regarding the selection of various inputs and assumptions, including projected revenues from the company's projection process, assumed royalty rates that could be payable if the company did not own the intangible asset, terminal growth rates applied to projected revenues, applicable tax rates, and a discount rate. These inputs and assumptions contemplate business, industry, and overall economic conditions, as well as relevant market data for royalty rates of similar intangible assets. Actual future results may differ significantly from the assumptions used in our valuations resulting in future impairment losses and such losses could be material. As such estimates are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions, we performed sensitivity analyses to address this risk. The discount rate could be increased by 170 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our indefinite-lived intangible assets. The royalty rate could be decreased by 35 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Determining the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets requires considerable judgment and such estimates are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions. As a result, there can be no assurance that the inputs and assumptions made for purposes of our annual impairment assessments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Certain events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected may negatively affect the underlying key inputs and assumptions and ultimately affect the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Such events or circumstances could include a decrease in expected future operating results and the related cash flows; adverse economic, market, and industry conditions, including unfavorable impacts on our guideline public companies used in determining our WACC rate and the business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach; prolonged periods of unfavorable weather conditions; changes in regulatory conditions impacting our products and industries; a continued volatile supply chain environment and/or additional increases in the costs of commodities, component parts, and labor; lack of customer acceptance of new or innovative technologies; increased competition; and other factors.

While our annual impairment assessment performed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2025 supported the carrying amount of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, we may be required to re-evaluate the carrying amounts in future periods utilizing different inputs and assumptions that reflect the then current market conditions and expectations regarding our operating performance, which may result in a future impairment that could be material.

Product Warranty Guarantees

Our products are warranted to provide assurance that the product will function as expected and to ensure customer confidence in design, workmanship, and overall quality. Warranty coverage on our products is generally provided for specified periods of time and on select products' hours of usage, and generally covers parts, labor, and other expenses for non-maintenance repairs. Warranty coverage generally does not cover operator abuse or improper use. In addition to the standard warranties offered on our products, we also sell separately priced extended warranty coverage on select products for a prescribed period after the original warranty period expires.

At the time of sale, we recognize expense and record a warranty accrual by product line for estimated costs in connection with projected future warranty claims. Our estimate of the cost of future warranty claims is based primarily on the estimated number of products under warranty, historical average costs incurred to service warranty claims, the trend in the historical ratio of

50

Table of Contents

warranty claims to sales, and the historical length of time between the sale and resulting warranty claim. If applicable, historical claims experience may be adjusted for known product design improvements or for the impact of unusual product quality issues. We periodically assess the adequacy of our warranty accruals based on changes in our estimates and assumptions and record any necessary adjustments if the cost of actual claim experience differs from our estimate and indicates that adjustments to our warranty accrual are necessary. Factors that could have an impact on actual future claims and our warranty accrual include, but are not limited to, items such as performance of new products; product failure rates; factors impacting product usage, such as weather; changes in sales volumes and shifts in product mix; manufacturing quality and product design issues, including significant manufacturing or design defects not discovered until after the product is delivered to customers; the extent of customers affected by the product failure; higher or lower than expected service and component part costs to satisfactorily address the repair, and upon rare occasion, changes to the warranty coverage periods. Additionally, from time to time, we also establish warranty accruals for our estimate of the costs necessary to settle major rework campaigns on a product-specific basis during the period in which the circumstances giving rise to the major rework campaign become known and when the costs to satisfactorily address the situation are both probable and estimable. The warranty accrual for the cost of a major rework campaign is primarily based on an estimate of the cost to repair each affected unit and the number of affected units expected to be repaired.

We believe that our analysis of historical warranty claim trends and knowledge of potential manufacturing and/or product design improvements or issues provide sufficient information to establish a reasonable estimate for the cost of future warranty claims at the time of sale and our warranty accruals as of the date of our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our $152.2 million warranty accrual as of October 31, 2025 is adequate and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process, including projecting future warranty claims, costs associated with servicing future warranty claims, and unexpected major rework campaigns that may arise in the future, our actual warranty costs incurred may differ from our warranty accrual estimate. An unexpected increase in warranty claims and/or in the costs associated with servicing those claims would result in an increase in our warranty accruals and a decrease in our net earnings.

Inventory Valuation

Approximately half of our inventories are valued at the lower of the cost of inventory or net realizable value, with cost determined by either the first-in, first-out or average cost method. Other inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined under the last-in, first-out method. As needed, we record an inventory valuation adjustment for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory that is equal to the excess of the cost of the inventory over the estimated net realizable value or market value for the inventory depending on inventory costing method. The inventory valuation adjustment to net realizable value or market value establishes a new cost basis of the inventory that cannot be subsequently reversed. Such inventory valuation adjustments for excess, obsolete, and slow moving inventory are not reduced or removed until the product is sold or disposed of.

In developing inventory valuation adjustments for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory, we are required to use judgment and make estimates of future sales demand and production requirements compared with current inventory levels. Our estimate of projected sales demand and production requirements is primarily based on actual orders received, historical demand, technological and product life cycle changes, product pricing, economic trends, and competitive factors, such as market and pricing trends for similar products. Although we believe our inventory valuation reserve for excess, slow-moving, and obsolete inventory is adequate at $60.5 million as of October 31, 2025, projecting sales demand and production requirements involves significant management judgment regarding future events. Future events that could significantly influence our judgments and related estimates include general economic conditions within the specific markets in which we operate, changes in demand for our products and customer preference, price fluctuations, and actions of our competitors, including the introduction of new products, technological advances, and pricing changes. Projected sales demand and production requirements can also be affected by the significant redesign of our existing products or the replacement of an existing product by an entirely new generation of product. It is possible that an unfavorable adjustment to our inventory valuation reserve for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory may be required in the future if there is a change in any of the aforementioned factors that adversely impacts our estimates of future demand for our products and we do not modify our purchases or production schedule accordingly.

Business Combinations

When applicable, we account for the acquisition of a business in accordance with the accounting standards codification guidance for business combinations, whereby the total consideration transferred is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, when applicable, based on their respective estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.

Assigning estimated fair values to the net assets acquired requires the use of significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions regarding the fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property,

51

Table of Contents

plant, and equipment. While the ultimate responsibility for determining estimated fair values of the acquired net assets resides with management, for material acquisitions we may retain the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning estimated fair values to certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. Estimated fair values of acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment are generally based on available historical information, future expectations, available market data, and assumptions determined to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain with respect to future events, including economic conditions, competition, technological obsolescence, the useful life of the acquired assets, and other factors. These significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions include, when applicable, the selection of an appropriate valuation method depending on the nature of the respective asset, such as the income approach, the market or sales comparison approach, or the cost approach; estimating future cash flows based on projected revenues and/or margins that we expect to generate subsequent to the acquisition; applying an appropriate discount rate to estimate the present value of those projected cash flows we expect to generate; selecting an appropriate terminal growth rate and/or royalty rate or estimating a customer attrition or technological obsolescence factor where necessary and appropriate given the nature of the respective asset; assigning an appropriate contributory asset charge where needed; determining an appropriate useful life and the related depreciation or amortization method for the respective asset; and assessing the accuracy and completeness of other historical financial metrics of the acquiree used as standalone inputs or as the basis for determining estimated projected inputs such as margins, customer attrition, and costs to hold and sell product.

In determining the estimated fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, we typically utilize the income approach, which discounts the projected future cash flows using a discount rate that appropriately reflects the risks associated with the projected cash flows. Generally, we estimate the fair value of acquired trade names using the relief from royalty method under the income approach, which is based on the hypothetical royalty stream that would be received if we were to license the acquired trade name. For most other acquired intangible assets, we estimate fair value using the excess earnings method under the income approach, which is typically applied when cash flows are not directly generated by the asset, but rather, by an operating group that includes the particular asset. In certain instances, particularly in relation to developed technology or patents, we may utilize the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective intangible asset and the recency of the development or procurement of such technology. The useful lives and amortization methods for the acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill are generally determined based on the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the acquired intangible assets and the nature of the use of the respective acquired intangible asset, adjusted as appropriate for entity-specific factors including legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, and/or other factors such as customer attrition rates and product or order lifecycles that may limit the useful life of the respective acquired intangible asset. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired inventory, we typically utilize the cost approach for raw materials and the sales comparison approach for work in process, finished goods, and service parts. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired property, plant, and equipment, we typically utilize the sales comparison approach or the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective asset and the recency of the construction or procurement of such asset.

We may refine the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, if necessary, over a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition by taking into consideration new information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known as of the date of acquisition, would have affected the estimated fair values ascribed to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the estimated useful life and depreciation or amortization method of each asset, can materially impact the net earnings of the periods subsequent to an acquisition through depreciation and amortization, and in certain instances through impairment charges, if the asset becomes impaired in the future. During the measurement period, any purchase price allocation changes that impact the carrying value of goodwill will affect any measurement of goodwill impairment taken during the measurement period, if applicable. If necessary, purchase price allocation revisions that occur outside of the measurement period are recorded within cost of sales or selling, general and administrative expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings depending on the nature of the adjustment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the section entitled "New Accounting Pronouncements".

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000737758-24-000087.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-12-18. Report date: 2024-10-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") is intended to provide a reader of our Consolidated Financial Statements with a narrative from the perspective of management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, and certain other factors that may affect our future results. Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all references in this MD&A to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements can be found in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless expressly stated otherwise, the comparisons presented in this MD&A refer to the year-over-year comparison of changes in our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2024 and 2023. Discussion of fiscal 2022 items and the year-over-year comparison of changes in our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023 and 2022 can be found in Part II, Item 7, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2023. Statements that are not historical are forward-looking and involve risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risks and uncertainties could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested throughout this MD&A.

Our MD&A is presented as follows:

•Company Overview

•Results of Operations

•Business Segments

•Financial Position

•Non-GAAP Financial Measures

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Throughout this MD&A, we have provided financial and liquidity measures that are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP ("non-GAAP financial measures," "adjusted" before specified financial measures, and "non-GAAP liquidity measures"), as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures, however, should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

COMPANY OVERVIEW

Executive Summary

Our fiscal 2024 results included the following items of significance that are provided in summary format here and described in greater detail throughout the "Results of Operations," "Business Segments," and "Financial Position" sections:

•Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2024 were $4,583.8 million, an increase of 0.7 percent compared to $4,553.2 million in fiscal 2023.

•Professional segment net sales for fiscal 2024 were $3,556.9 million, a decrease of 3.2 percent compared to $3,674.6 million in fiscal 2023.

•Residential segment net sales for fiscal 2024 were $998.3 million, an increase of 16.9 percent compared to $854.2 million in fiscal 2023.

•Gross margin was 33.8 percent in fiscal 2024, a decrease of 80 basis points compared to 34.6 percent in fiscal 2023.

•Adjusted gross margin was 33.9 percent in fiscal 2024, a decrease of 80 basis points compared to 34.7 percent in fiscal 2023.

•SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2024 was 22.2 percent, an increase of 40 basis points compared to 21.8 percent in fiscal 2023.

•Net earnings for fiscal 2024 were $418.9 million, or $4.01 per diluted share, compared to $329.7 million, or $3.13 per diluted share, in fiscal 2023.

•Adjusted net earnings for fiscal 2024 were $435.2 million, or $4.17 per diluted share, compared to $443.5 million, or $4.21 per diluted share, in fiscal 2023.

35

Table of Contents

•Field inventory was higher as of the end of fiscal 2024 compared to the end of fiscal 2023, primarily due to increased shipments of golf and grounds and construction products driven by improved manufacturing output and increased shipments of lawn care equipment to our mass channel partners, partially offset by lower shipments of snow and ice management products and reductions in dealer field inventories of lawn care equipment.

•Our order backlog represents unfulfilled customer orders at a point in time. Our order backlog (including shipments beyond 12 months) decreased $0.8 billion to $1.2 billion as of October 31, 2024 from $2.0 billion as of October 31, 2023, primarily driven by improved manufacturing output. Our order backlog remains significantly elevated over what the company would consider normal, due to demand for golf and grounds and underground construction products continuing to outpace production of such products.

We continued our history of paying quarterly cash dividends throughout fiscal 2024 and increased our fiscal 2024 quarterly cash dividend by 5.9 percent to $0.36 per share compared to $0.34 per share paid in fiscal 2023. We also repurchased shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program, thereby reducing our total shares outstanding. As a result of the combination of quarterly cash dividends and share repurchases, we returned $395.0 million of cash to our shareholders during fiscal 2024. As of October 31, 2024, we had a strong liquidity profile with available liquidity of $1,096.8 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $199.5 million and availability under our revolving credit facility of $897.3 million.

AMP Initiative

In the first quarter of fiscal 2024, we launched a significant productivity initiative named AMP, which is a multi-year initiative intended to result in annualized cost savings of more than $100 million by fiscal 2027, driven by sustainable supply-base, design-to-value, route-to-market, and operational efficiency transformation. We expect to reinvest a portion of the savings from this initiative to drive further innovation and growth. We have recognized $3.8 million of cost savings as of October 31, 2024, which amounts to an estimated $14.5 million of annualized cost savings. Refer to the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for information about the productivity initiative charges incurred to generate these savings.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Sales

Consolidated net sales in fiscal 2024 were $4,583.8 million compared to $4,553.2 million in fiscal 2023, an increase of 0.7 percent. This net sales increase was primarily driven by higher shipments of Residential segment products, partially offset by lower shipments of Professional segment products.

Net sales in international markets were $923.0 million for fiscal 2024 compared to $947.7 million in fiscal 2023, a decrease of 2.6 percent. The international net sales decrease was primarily driven by lower shipments of Residential segment products, partially offset by higher shipments of Professional segment products. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates resulted in a decrease in our net sales of $4.1 million in fiscal 2024.

The following table summarizes our results of operations as a percentage of our consolidated net sales:

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120242023
Net sales100.0%100.0%
Cost of sales(66.2)(65.4)
Gross margin33.834.6
SG&A expense(22.2)(21.8)
Non-cash impairment charges(3.3)
Operating earnings11.69.5
Interest expense(1.3)(1.3)
Other income, net0.90.6
Earnings before income taxes11.28.8
Provision for income taxes(2.1)(1.6)
Net earnings9.1%7.2%

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales and gross margin represents gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Cost of Sales," for a description of expenses included in cost of sales. Gross profit for fiscal 2024 was $1,549.3 million, down 1.8 percent compared to gross profit of $1,577.6 million in fiscal 2023. Gross margin was 33.8 percent in fiscal 2024 compared to 34.6 percent in fiscal 2023, a decrease of 80 basis points. This gross margin decrease was primarily due to higher material and manufacturing costs and product mix, partially offset by productivity improvements.

36

Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expense

SG&A expense increased $20.4 million, or 2.0 percent, in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Selling, General and Administrative Expense" for a description of expenses included in SG&A expense. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expense was 22.2 percent in fiscal 2024 compared to 21.8 percent in fiscal 2023, an increase of 40 basis points. The increase in SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by higher corporate expenses, partially offset by lower marketing costs.

Non-Cash Impairment Charges

We recorded non-cash impairment charges of $151.3 million within our Professional segment in fiscal 2023. No impairment charges were recognized in fiscal 2024.

Interest Expense

Interest expense primarily consists of interest costs incurred on outstanding borrowings related to our fixed and variable interest rate debt arrangements, as well as amortization of the debt issuance costs associated with our debt arrangements. Interest expense for fiscal 2024 increased $3.2 million compared to fiscal 2023. This increase was primarily driven by higher average interest rates, partially offset by lower average outstanding borrowings, in each case during fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net for fiscal 2024 was $41.4 million compared to $28.5 million in fiscal 2023, an increase of $12.9 million. This increase in other income, net was primarily due to net gains on divestitures in fiscal 2024 and higher income from our Red Iron joint venture in fiscal 2024 as compared to fiscal 2023.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2024 was 18.3 percent compared to 17.7 percent in fiscal 2023. The increase in the effective tax rate for fiscal 2024 was primarily due to the impact of non-cash impairment charges in the prior year and lower tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock compensation in the current year, partially offset by a more favorable geographic mix of earnings in the current year. The adjusted effective tax rate for fiscal 2024 was 18.8 percent, compared to an adjusted effective tax rate of 20.4 percent in fiscal 2023. The decrease in the adjusted effective tax rate was primarily due to a more favorable geographic mix of earnings.

Net Earnings and Net Earnings Per Diluted Share

Fiscal 2024 net earnings were $418.9 million compared to $329.7 million in fiscal 2023, an increase of 27.1 percent. Fiscal 2024 diluted net earnings per share were $4.01, an increase of 28.1 percent from $3.13 per diluted share in fiscal 2023. The increase in net earnings per diluted share for fiscal 2024 was primarily due to the non-cash impairment charges in the prior year and higher Residential segment earnings in the current year, partially offset by lower Professional segment earnings and higher corporate expenses in the current year. Adjusted net earnings for fiscal 2024 were $435.2 million, or $4.17 per diluted share, compared to $443.5 million, or $4.21 per diluted share, in fiscal 2023.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

As more fully described in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we operate in two reportable business segments: Professional and Residential. Segment earnings for our Professional and Residential reportable segments are defined as earnings from operations plus other income, net. Our remaining activities consisting of a wholly-owned domestic distribution company, Red Iron joint venture, certain corporate activities, and the elimination of intersegment revenues and expenses, are presented as "Other" due to their insignificance. Corporate activities include general corporate expenditures, such as finance, human resources, legal, information technology, public relations, business development, and similar activities, as well as other unallocated corporate assets and liabilities, such as corporate facilities and deferred tax assets and liabilities. The following information provides perspective on the net sales and operating results of our reportable business segments and Other activities.

37

Table of Contents

Professional Segment

Professional segment net sales represented 77.6 percent and 80.7 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively. The following table presents our Professional segment's net sales, earnings, and earnings margin (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120242023
Net sales$3,556.9$3,674.6
Percentage change from prior year(3.2)%7.1%
Segment earnings$638.9$509.1
Segment earnings margin18.0%13.9%

Professional Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Professional segment in fiscal 2024 decreased 3.2 percent compared to fiscal 2023. This decrease was primarily driven by lower shipments of lawn care equipment, snow and ice management products, and compact utility loaders, partially offset by higher shipments of golf and grounds and underground construction products.

Professional Segment Earnings

Professional segment earnings increased 25.5 percent in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023, and Professional segment earnings margin increased to 18.0 percent from 13.9 percent. The increase in Professional segment earnings margin for fiscal 2024 was primarily driven by the non-cash impairment charges in the prior year, productivity improvements, and product mix, partially offset by higher material and manufacturing costs and lower net sales volume.

Residential Segment

Residential segment net sales represented 21.8 percent and 18.8 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively. The following table presents our Residential segment's net sales, earnings, and earnings margin (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120242023
Net sales$998.3$854.2
Percentage change from prior year16.9%(20.1)%
Segment earnings$78.4$68.9
Segment earnings margin7.9%8.1%

Residential Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Residential segment in fiscal 2024 increased by 16.9 percent compared to fiscal 2023. This increase was primarily driven by higher shipments of lawn care products to our mass channel, partially offset by lower shipments of snow products.

Residential Segment Earnings

Residential segment earnings increased 13.8 percent in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023, and Residential segment earnings margin decreased to 7.9 percent from 8.1 percent. This Residential segment earnings margin decrease was primarily driven by product mix and higher material and manufacturing costs, partially offset by productivity improvements and net sales leverage.

Other Activities

Net sales for our Other activities consist of sales from a wholly-owned domestic distribution company less intercompany sales from our Professional and Residential business segments to the wholly-owned domestic distribution company. Net sales for our Other activities represented 0.6 percent and 0.5 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2024 and 2023, respectively.

38

Table of Contents

The following table presents net sales and operating loss for our Other activities (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120242023
Net sales$28.6$24.4
Percentage change from prior year17.2%47.9%
Operating loss$(204.5)$(177.5)

Other Net Sales

Net sales for our Other activities includes sales from our wholly-owned domestic distribution company net of intersegment sales from the Professional and Residential segments to the distribution company. Net sales for our Other activities in fiscal 2024 increased $4.2 million compared to fiscal 2023.

Other Operating Loss

Operating loss for our Other activities increased $27.0 million in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023. This year-over-year operating loss increase was primarily driven by higher corporate expenses and higher interest expense.

FINANCIAL POSITION

Working Capital

Our ongoing goal is to maintain requisite inventory levels to meet our anticipated production requirements, avoid manufacturing delays, and meet the demand for our products, as well as working to ensure service parts availability for our customers. The following table highlights several key measures of our working capital performance (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120242023
Average receivables, net$480.0$379.2
Average inventories, net$1,156.8$1,134.5
Average accounts payable$449.0$450.9
Average days outstanding for receivables38.230.4
Average inventory turnover (times per fiscal year)2.62.6

As of the end of fiscal 2024, our average net working capital was 25.9 percent compared to 23.3 percent as of the end of fiscal 2023. We calculate our average net working capital as average net accounts receivable plus average net inventory, less average accounts payable as a percentage of net sales for a twelve month period.

The following factors impacted our average net working capital during fiscal 2024 as compared to fiscal 2023:

•Average net receivables increased by 26.6 percent, primarily driven by increased mass channel and international shipments, as well as payment terms to our mass channel. Our average days outstanding for receivables increased to 38.2 days in fiscal 2024 compared to 30.4 days in fiscal 2023.

•Average net inventories increased by 2.0 percent, primarily due to higher balances of compact utility loaders and snow and ice management products.

•Average accounts payable decreased by 0.4 percent, primarily due to the timing of materials purchases.

Capital Expenditures

We make ongoing capital investments in our property, plant, and equipment and believe that in periods of normalized supply chain conditions our historical capital investments in our manufacturing facilities and other capital assets will increase the production capacity and efficiencies of our operations to better enable us to meet the needs of our customers. Fiscal 2024 capital expenditures of $103.5 million were $46.0 million lower than our fiscal 2023 capital expenditures of $149.5 million.

39

Table of Contents

Cash Flows

Cash flows provided by/(used in) operating, investing, and financing activities during the past two fiscal years are shown in the following table (dollars in millions):

Cash Provided by/(Used in)
Fiscal Years Ended October 3120242023
Operating activities$569.9$306.8
Investing activities(59.7)(157.7)
Financing activities(505.1)(147.5)
Effect of exchange rates on cash1.33.3
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents6.44.9
Cash and cash equivalents as of the end of the fiscal period$199.5$193.1

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our primary source of funds is cash generated from operations. In fiscal 2024, cash provided by operating activities increased $263.1 million from fiscal 2023. This increase was mainly due to net favorable fluctuations in working capital.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Acquisitions and capital expenditures are a significant use of our capital resources. These investments are intended to enable sales growth in new, existing, and expanding markets, help us meet product demand, and increase our manufacturing efficiencies and capacity. In fiscal 2024, cash used in investing activities decreased $98.0 million from fiscal 2023. This decrease was primarily driven by lower purchases of property, plant, and equipment, higher cash inflows from divestitures, and lower cash outflows for acquisitions, in each case during fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

In fiscal 2024, cash used in financing activities increased $357.6 million from fiscal 2023. This increase was mainly due to higher repurchases of common stock, changes in activity under the revolving credit facility, and debt repayments, in each case during fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of October 31, 2024, we had available liquidity of $1,096.8 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $199.5 million, of which $136.0 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries, and availability under our revolving credit facility of $897.3 million.

We expect that $47.1 million of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries will be indefinitely reinvested. Should these cash and cash equivalents be distributed in the future in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, state income taxes, and/or additional federal taxes for currency fluctuations. As of October 31, 2024, the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to our investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and any withholding, state, or additional federal taxes upon any future repatriation, are not material and have not been recorded.

We believe our current liquidity position, including the funds available through existing, and potential future, financing arrangements and projected cash flows from operations will be sufficient to provide the necessary capital resources for our anticipated working capital needs, payroll, and other administrative costs, capital expenditures, lease payments, purchase commitments, contractual obligations, acquisitions, investments, establishment of new facilities, expansion and renovation of existing facilities, financing receivables from customers that are not financed with Red Iron or other third-party financial institutions, contingent consideration payments, debt repayments, interest payments, quarterly cash dividend payments, and common stock repurchases, all as applicable, for at least the next twelve months.

40

Table of Contents

Indebtedness

The following is a summary of our indebtedness (dollars in millions):

October 3120242023
Revolving credit facility, due October 2029$$40.0
Term loan, due October 2029200.0270.0
Term loan, due April 2027200.0200.0
3.81% series A senior notes, due June 2029100.0100.0
3.91% series B senior notes, due June 2031100.0100.0
3.97% senior notes, due June 2032100.0100.0
7.8% debentures, due June 2027100.0100.0
6.625% senior notes, due May 2037124.2124.2
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs2.42.7
Long-term debt$921.8$1,031.5
Less: current portion of long-term debt10.0
Long-term debt, less current portion$911.8$1,031.5

Principal payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, based on the maturity dates defined within our debt arrangements, for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows (dollars in millions):

Succeeding fiscal yearPrincipal payments
2025$10.0
202620.0
2027270.0
202820.0
2029280.0
Thereafter325.0
Total principal payments$925.0

Interest payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, assuming no prepayments of indebtedness, for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows (dollars in millions):

Succeeding fiscal yearInterest payments
2025$50.6
202649.6
202743.3
202831.0
202929.1
Thereafter95.2

Interest on variable rate debt was calculated using the interest rate as of October 31, 2024.

Our revolving credit facility has a borrowing capacity of up to $900.0 million that matures on October 2, 2029. Included in the revolving credit facility is a $10.0 million sublimit for standby letters of credit and a $75.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. At our election, and with the approval of the named borrowers on the revolving credit facility and the election of the lenders to fund such increase, the aggregate maximum principal amount available under the revolving credit facility may be increased by an amount of up to $450.0 million. As of October 31, 2024 we had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and $2.7 million outstanding under the sublimit for standby letters of credit, resulting in $897.3 million of unutilized availability under our revolving credit facility. As of October 31, 2023 we had $40.0 million outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and $2.6 million outstanding under the sublimit for standby letters of credit, resulting in $557.4 million of unutilized availability under our revolving credit facility. As of October 31, 2024, our debt ratings for long-term unsecured senior, non-credit enhanced debt by Standard and Poor's Ratings Group and by Moody's Investors Service were BBB and Baa1, respectively, and in both cases with a stable outlook.

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness are described in Note 6, Indebtedness, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We are in compliance with our debt covenants and other requirements of our revolving credit facility and term loan credit agreements, indentures, and private placement note purchase agreements.

41

Table of Contents

Capital Structure

The following table details the components of our capital structure and debt-to-capitalization ratio (dollars in millions, except percentage data):

October 3120242023
Long-term debt$921.8$1,031.5
Stockholders' equity$1,551.9$1,510.9
Debt-to-capitalization ratio37.3%40.6%

Our debt-to-capitalization ratio decreased in fiscal 2024 compared to fiscal 2023 primarily due to fiscal 2024 debt repayments and our continued profitability.

Cash Dividends

In each quarter of fiscal 2024, our Board of Directors declared a common stock cash dividend of $0.36 per share, which was a 5.9 percent increase over our common stock cash dividend of $0.34 per share paid each quarter in fiscal 2023. On December 10, 2024, our Board of Directors increased our fiscal 2025 first quarter common stock cash dividend by 5.6 percent to $0.38 per share. Future common stock cash dividends will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Share Repurchases

Our share repurchase program provides shares for use in connection with our stock-based compensation plans, among other uses, and has no expiration. The following table provides information with respect to repurchases of our common stock during the past two fiscal years (dollars in millions, except share and per share data):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120242023
Shares of Board authorized common stock purchased2,777,534577,115
Cost to repurchase common stock$245.5$60.0
Average price paid per share$88.39$103.97

As of October 31, 2024, 8,171,957 shares remained available for repurchase under our share repurchase program. We currently expect to continue share repurchases in fiscal 2025, depending on our cash balance, debt repayments, common stock price and other market conditions, our anticipated working capital needs, and/or other factors.

Customer Financing

Inventory Financing Arrangements

We are party to inventory financing arrangements with Red Iron, HCFC, and other third-party financial institutions (collectively, the "financial institutions") which provide inventory financing to certain dealers and distributors of certain of our products in the U.S. and internationally. These financing arrangements are structured as an advance in the form of a payment by the financial institutions to us on behalf of a distributor or dealer with respect to invoices financed by the financial institution. These payments extinguish the obligation of the dealer or distributor to make payment to us under the terms of the applicable invoice.

Under separate agreements between the financial institutions and the dealers and distributors, the financial institutions provide loans to the dealers and distributors for the advances paid by the financial institutions to us. Under these financing arrangements, down payments are not required, and depending on the finance program for each product line, finance charges are incurred by us, shared between us and the distributor and/or the dealer, or paid by the distributor or dealer. The financial institutions retain a security interest in the distributors' and dealers' financed inventories and such inventories are monitored regularly through audits. Financing terms to the distributors and dealers require payment as the inventory, which secures the indebtedness, is sold to end-users or when payment otherwise becomes due under the agreements between the financial institutions and the distributors and dealers, whichever occurs first. Rates are generally indexed to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), or an alternative variable rate, plus a fixed percentage that differs based on whether the financing is for a distributor or dealer. Rates may also vary based on the product that is financed.

The net amount of receivables financed for dealers and distributors under the arrangement with Red Iron during fiscal 2024 and 2023 was $2,613.3 million and $2,789.5 million, respectively. The total amount of net receivables outstanding under the arrangement with Red Iron as of October 31, 2024 and 2023 was $979.6 million and $1,019.0 million, respectively. The total amount of receivables due from Red Iron to us as of October 31, 2024 and 2023 were $26.0 million and $34.4 million, respectively.

42

Table of Contents

The net amount of receivables financed for dealers and distributors under the arrangements with HCFC and the other third-party financial institutions during fiscal 2024 and 2023 was $612.1 million and $545.4 million, respectively. As of October 31, 2024 and 2023, $272.2 million and $234.7 million, respectively, of receivables financed by HCFC and the other third-party financial institutions were outstanding.

Inventory Repurchase Agreements

We have entered into a limited inventory repurchase agreement with Red Iron and HCFC under which we have agreed to repurchase certain repossessed products, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $7.5 million in a calendar year.

We have also entered into inventory repurchase agreements with the other third-party financial institutions under which we have agreed to repurchase certain repossessed products. As of October 31, 2024 and 2023, we were contingently liable to repurchase up to a maximum amount of $29.5 million and $32.2 million of repossessed inventory, respectively.

Our financial exposure under these inventory repurchase agreements is limited to the difference between the amount paid to Red Iron, HCFC or other third-party financing institutions for repurchases of inventory and the amount received upon subsequent resale of the repossessed product. We have repurchased immaterial amounts of inventory pursuant to such arrangements over the past three fiscal years. However, a decline in retail sales or financial difficulties of our distributors or dealers could cause this situation to change and thereby require us to repurchase financed product, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

End-User Financing

We have agreements with third-party financing companies to provide financing options to end-customers throughout the world. The purpose of these agreements is to provide end-users of our products alternative financing options when purchasing our products. We have no material contingent liabilities for residual value or credit collection risk under these agreements with third-party financing companies.

From time to time, we enter into agreements where we provide recourse to third-party finance companies in the event of default by the customer for financing payments to the third-party finance company. We may recover a portion of any required recourse payments incurred under these agreements from repossession and resale of the equipment collateralizing the receivables. Our maximum exposure for credit collection under those arrangements as of October 31, 2024 and 2023 was $2.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Termination or any material change to the terms of our end-user financing arrangements, availability of credit for our customers, including any delay in securing replacement credit sources, or significant financed product repurchase requirements could have a material adverse impact on our future operating results.

Open Account Terms

We continue to provide financing in the form of open account terms directly to home centers and mass retailers, general line irrigation dealers, certain domestic and international distributors and dealers, ag-irrigation dealers and distributors, government customers, and rental companies.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We have provided in this Annual Report on Form 10-K certain non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We use these non-GAAP financial measures in making operating decisions and assessing liquidity because we believe they provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our core operational performance and cash flows, as a measure of our liquidity, and provide us with a better understanding of how to allocate resources to both ongoing and prospective business initiatives. Additionally, these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate our internal comparisons to both our historical operating results and to our competitors' operating results by factoring out potential differences caused by charges and benefits not related to our regular, ongoing business, including, without limitation, certain non-cash, large, and/or unpredictable charges and benefits; acquisitions and dispositions; legal judgments, settlements, or other matters; and tax positions.

We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. The non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similar measures used by other companies.

43

Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following table provides a reconciliation of financial performance measures calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP to the most directly comparable non-GAAP financial performance measures for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2024 and 2023 (dollars in millions, except per share and percentage data):

44

Table of Contents

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2024October 31, 2023
Gross profit$1,549.3$1,577.6
Acquisition-related costs10.2
Restructuring charges21.2
Productivity initiative35.7
Adjusted gross profit$1,555.0$1,579.0
Gross margin33.8%34.6%
Restructuring charges2%0.1%
Productivity initiative30.1%%
Adjusted gross margin33.9%34.7%
Operating earnings$533.3$430.7
Acquisition-related costs10.4
Restructuring charges25.0
Productivity initiative327.2
Non-cash impairment charges4151.3
Adjusted operating earnings$560.5$587.4
Operating earnings margin11.6%9.5%
Restructuring charges2%0.1%
Productivity initiative30.6%%
Non-cash impairment charges4%3.3%
Adjusted operating earnings margin12.2%12.9%
Earnings before income taxes$512.8$400.5
Acquisition-related costs10.4
Restructuring charges25.0
Productivity initiative323.1
Non-cash impairment charges4151.3
Adjusted earnings before income taxes$535.9$557.2
Income tax provision$93.9$70.8
Restructuring charges21.1
Productivity initiative33.3
Non-cash impairment charges436.7
Tax impact of stock-based compensation53.55.1
Adjusted income tax provision$100.7$113.7
Net earnings$418.9$329.7
Acquisition-related costs10.4
Restructuring charges23.9
Productivity initiative319.8
Non-cash impairment charges4114.6
Tax impact of stock-based compensation5(3.5)(5.1)
Adjusted net earnings$435.2$443.5
Net earnings per diluted share$4.01$3.13
Restructuring charges20.04
Productivity initiative30.19
Non-cash impairment charges41.09
Tax impact of stock-based compensation5(0.03)(0.05)
Adjusted net earnings per diluted share$4.17$4.21
Effective tax rate18.3%17.7%
Productivity initiative3(0.2)%%
Non-cash impairment charges4%1.5%
Tax impact of stock-based compensation50.7%1.2%
Adjusted effective tax rate18.8%20.4%

45

Table of Contents

1    On January 13, 2022, we completed our acquisition of Intimidator. Acquisition-related costs for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2023 represent integration costs incurred in connection with the acquisition. For additional information regarding this acquisition, refer to Note 2, Acquisitions and Divestitures, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2    In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, we initiated a restructuring program which was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2024. The restructuring charges associated with the program for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2023 represent accrued severance, termination benefits, and other exit-related expenses.

3    In the first quarter of fiscal 2024, we launched a significant productivity initiative named AMP, as discussed in more detail under the heading "Company Overview-AMP Initiative" in this section. We considered the nature, frequency, and scale of this initiative compared to our prior productivity initiatives when determining that the expenses associated with AMP, unlike our prior productivity initiatives, are not common, normal, recurring operating expenses and are not representative of our ongoing business operations. Productivity initiative charges for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2024 primarily represent asset write-offs, third-party consulting costs, product-line exit costs, and compensation for fully-dedicated AMP personnel, partially offset by a gain on divestiture.

4    At the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we recorded non-cash impairment charges within our Professional reportable segment.

5    The accounting standards codification guidance governing employee stock-based compensation requires that any excess tax deduction for stock-based compensation be immediately recorded within income tax expense. Employee stock-based compensation activity, including the exercise of stock options, can be unpredictable and can significantly impact our net earnings, net earnings per diluted share, and effective tax rate. These amounts represent the discrete tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2024 and 2023.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Liquidity Measures

We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant, and equipment, net of proceeds from insurance claim. Free cash flow conversion percentage represents free cash flow as a percentage of net earnings. We consider free cash flow and free cash flow conversion percentage to be non-GAAP liquidity measures that provide useful information to management and investors about our ability to convert net earnings into cash resources that can be used to pursue opportunities to enhance shareholder value, fund ongoing and prospective business initiatives, and strengthen our Consolidated Balance Sheets, after reinvesting in necessary capital expenditures required to maintain and grow our business.

The following table provides a reconciliation of free cash flow and free cash flow conversion percentage to net cash provided by operating activities, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2024 and October 31, 2023 (dollars in millions, except percentage data):

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2024October 31, 2023
Net cash provided by operating activities$569.9$306.8
Less: Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of proceeds from insurance claim99.2142.4
Free cash flow470.7164.4
Net earnings$418.9$329.7
Free cash flow conversion percentage112.4%49.9%

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, we must make decisions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and the assumptions on which to base accounting estimates. In reaching such decisions, we apply judgment based on our understanding and analysis of the relevant circumstances, historical experience, and actuarial and other independent external third-party specialist valuations, when applicable. As a result, actual amounts could differ from those estimated at the time the Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Some of those significant accounting policies require us to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments or estimates. An accounting estimate is considered to be critical if it meets both of the following criteria: (i) the estimate requires assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain and susceptible to change at the time the accounting estimate is made and different estimates reasonably could have been used and (ii) changes in the estimate may have a material impact on the presentation of our financial condition or results of operations. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include the following:

Sales Promotions and Incentives

We recognize revenues based on the transaction price of the good or service sold to our customers, which is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring product or rendering services pursuant to the terms of the contract with a customer. The amount of consideration we receive and the revenue we recognize varies with changes in the variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs offered to customers that are determined to represent price concessions. The estimated expense of each sales promotion and incentive program is classified and recorded as a reduction from gross sales or as a component of SG&A expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings when revenue is recognized, depending on the nature of the respective program. Generally, the cost of a

46

Table of Contents

program is recorded as a reduction from gross sales when revenue is recognized and thus is considered to be variable consideration if the expense is determined to represent a price concession because the program either: (i) results in an immediate reduction of the transaction price with no anticipated future costs or consideration to be provided to the customer or (ii) we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice for which we do not receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program. In other circumstances, the anticipated future cost of a program based on historical or expected future business practice is recorded as SG&A expense because we receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program.

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a reduction from gross sales are as follows:

•Off-Invoice Discounts: Our off-invoice discounts represent an immediate reduction in the selling price of our products that is realized at the time of sale with no anticipated future cost or consideration provided to the customer.

•Rebate Programs: Our rebate programs are generally based on claims submitted from either our direct customers or end-users of our products or are based on our purchase or retail sales goals for our direct customers of certain quantities or mixes of product during a specified time period, depending upon the program. The amount of the rebate varies based on the specific program and is either a dollar amount or a percentage of the purchase price and can also be based on actual retail price as compared to our selling price. Consideration is typically provided to our customers for our rebate programs after the initial sale of our products to our direct customers and thus, there is generally an anticipated future cost at the time revenue is recognized based on historical and expected future business practice.

•Financing Programs: Our financing programs consist of inventory financing arrangements with financial institutions and end-user financing. Costs incurred for inventory financing arrangements represent dealer and distributor financing costs shared by the company for a pre-established length of time based on a predefined rate from the contract between the company and the financial institution to finance dealer and distributor inventory purchases. End-user financing is offered to end-user customers under which we, at our discretion, may pay a portion of interest costs on behalf of end-users for financing purchases of our equipment.

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are not considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a component of SG&A expense are as follows:

•Commissions Paid to Distributors and Dealers: For certain products, we use a distribution network of distributors and dealers that purchase and take possession of products for sale to the end customer. We also have dealers and distributors that act as sales agents for us on certain products using a direct-selling type model. Under this direct-selling type model, our network of distributors and dealers facilitates a sale directly to the dealer or end-user customer on our behalf. Commissions to distributors and dealers in these instances represent commission payments to sales agents that are also our customers. In addition, TTC dealers are often paid a commission to set up and deliver riding product purchased at certain mass retailers and home centers.

•Cooperative Advertising: Cooperative advertising programs are based on advertising costs incurred by distributors and dealers for promoting our products. We support a portion of those advertising costs in which claims are submitted by the distributor or dealer along with evidence of the advertising material procured/produced and evidence of the cost incurred in the form of third-party invoices or receipts.

Regardless of classification of the cost of the sales promotion and incentive program within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, we record an accrual within the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the estimated future expense of certain of our sales promotion and incentive programs for which we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice by using the expected value method and applying the portfolio approach practical expedient under the accounting standards codification guidance for revenue from contracts with customers. Under such approach, our determination of variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs is primarily based on the terms of the sales arrangements and sales promotion and incentive programs with customers, historical payment and rebate claims experience, field inventory levels, quantity or mix of products purchased, projected sales volumes, types of programs offered, and expectations for the acceptance of sales promotion and incentive programs offered in the future or changes in other relevant trends.

Of our sales promotion and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration, our off-invoice discounts and financing programs are less subject to complex judgment or estimates as compared to our rebate programs, which are subject to a more significant level of estimation uncertainty as they require inputs and assumptions that are more susceptible to change or subjectivity. Specifically, our rebate programs are primarily sensitive to fluctuations in historical payment and rebate claims experience as compared to actual realized payment and rebate claims, field inventory levels, and projected wholesale and retail sales volumes and the quantity or mix of products.

47

Table of Contents

Adjustments to sales promotions and incentive accruals are made from time to time as actual usage becomes known in order to properly estimate the amounts necessary to generate consumer demand based on market conditions as of the balance sheet date. As of October 31, 2024, we had recorded an accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs of $180.4 million within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs is adequate as of October 31, 2024 and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process, actual results may differ from these estimates if competitive factors dictate the need to enhance or modify sales promotion and incentive programs or if customer usage, product mix, or field inventory levels vary from historical trends.

Impairment

Goodwill

Goodwill is initially recognized as a result of the excess of purchase consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. As of October 31, 2024, our goodwill balance was $450.3 million. Goodwill is not amortized, but is assessed for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred prior to the annual assessment. Based on a change made to our operating segments during the third quarter of fiscal 2024, as discussed in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we also changed our reporting units which became the same as our nine operating segments. The company tested goodwill of the new reporting units for impairment both before and following the change in reporting unit structure, and no impairment was identified. Seven of our reporting units contained goodwill on their respective balance sheets as of October 31, 2024.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, consistent with prior fiscal years, we performed our annual quantitative goodwill impairment assessment, which is a one-step process. In performing the quantitative analysis, we compare the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, to its fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Based on the fourth quarter annual quantitative goodwill impairment analysis, we determined there was no impairment of goodwill for any of our reporting units as the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value, including goodwill. Further, the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value, including goodwill, in excess of 15 percent.

The fair value of each reporting unit under the quantitative goodwill impairment test was determined using a discounted cash flow model under the income approach which requires the use of significant judgment regarding the selection of various inputs and assumptions, including projected operating results and growth rates from the company's projection process, applicable tax rates, estimated capital expenditures and depreciation, estimated changes in working capital, terminal growth rates applied to projected operating results in the terminal period, and a weighted-average cost of capital ("WACC") rate. Actual future results may differ significantly from the assumptions used in our valuations resulting in future impairment losses and such losses could be material. As such estimates are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions, we performed sensitivity analyses to address this risk. The WACC rate could be increased by 140 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units. Additionally, the terminal growth rate could be decreased by 210 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units.

These inputs and assumptions, which are independently determined and vary for each reporting unit, are based on historical experience, our projections of future operating results and contemplate current and future business, industry, and economic conditions, as well as relevant observable market inputs and consideration of risk regarding future performance for purposes of determining the WACC and terminal growth rates. The WACC rate selected is commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective reporting unit and in our projected operating results and is calculated based on weighted average returns on debt and equity from guideline public companies. Therefore, changes in the market that are beyond our control and that impact our guideline public companies may have an adverse effect on our future calculations of the estimated fair values of our reporting units. Terminal growth rates are generally determined based on economic and industry growth expectations, while also considering the lifecycle stage of each respective reporting unit. Where available, and as appropriate, comparable EBITDA and revenue multiples are derived from the market prices of stocks of guideline public companies and are used to assist in developing an estimated business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach to corroborate our determination of the estimated fair values of our reporting units under the income approach. Identifying appropriate guideline public companies for purposes of computing estimated market multiples and selecting an appropriate WACC rate is subjective. We select guideline public companies that are engaged in the same or similar lines of business and that have reasonably similar qualitative factors as our reporting units, while also considering relevant quantitative factors such as profitability and market capitalization, where applicable. As a final corroboratory step, we reconcile the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units resulting from the income approach to our company's market capitalization.

48

Table of Contents

While our annual impairment assessment performed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 supported the carrying amount of our goodwill, we may be required to re-evaluate the carrying amounts in future periods utilizing different inputs and assumptions that reflect the then current market conditions and expectations regarding our operating performance, which may result in a future impairment that could be material.

Fiscal 2023 Impairment

During the preparation of the financial statements for the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we concluded that impairment indicators existed for our Intimidator goodwill. Based on the resulting impairment assessment performed, we recorded an impairment charge of $133.3 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2023. For additional information regarding the impairment charge, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are initially recognized at their estimated fair values as a result of a business combination or asset acquisition. As of October 31, 2024, our indefinite-lived intangible asset balances, which consist of certain trade names, were $271.6 million. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are assessed for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred prior to the annual assessment. We assess indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the individual indefinite-lived intangible asset or asset group level, as appropriate.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024, consistent with prior fiscal years, we performed our annual quantitative impairment assessment for indefinite-lived intangible assets by comparing the carrying amounts of each respective asset, or asset group, to its estimated fair value. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Based on our fourth quarter quantitative impairment analysis, we determined that our indefinite-lived intangible assets were not impaired as the estimated fair value of each of our indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded its carrying value. Further, the fair value of each of our indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded its carrying value in excess of 32 percent.

Fair value was determined using the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach which requires the use of significant judgment regarding the selection of various inputs and assumptions, including projected revenues from the company's projection process, assumed royalty rates that could be payable if the company did not own the intangible asset, terminal growth rates applied to projected revenues, applicable tax rates, and a discount rate. These inputs and assumptions contemplate business, industry, and overall economic conditions, as well as relevant market data for royalty rates of similar intangible assets. Actual future results may differ significantly from the assumptions used in our valuations resulting in future impairment losses and such losses could be material. As such estimates are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions, we performed sensitivity analyses to address this risk. The discount rate could be increased by 270 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our indefinite-lived intangible assets. The royalty rate could be decreased by 70 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Fiscal 2023 Impairment

During the preparation of the financial statements for the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we concluded that impairment indicators existed for our indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset. Based on the resulting impairment assessment performed, we recorded an impairment charge of $18.0 million related to the indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset in the third quarter of fiscal 2023. For additional information regarding the impairment charge, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Determining the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets, or asset groups, requires considerable judgment and such estimates are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions. As a result, there can be no assurance that the inputs and assumptions made for purposes of our annual impairment assessments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Certain events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected may negatively affect the underlying key inputs and assumptions and ultimately affect the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Such events or circumstances could include a decrease in expected future operating results and the related cash flows; adverse economic, market, and industry conditions, including unfavorable impacts on our guideline public companies used in determining our WACC rate and the business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach; prolonged periods of unfavorable weather conditions; changes in regulatory conditions impacting our products and industries; a continued volatile supply chain environment and/or additional increases in the costs of commodities, component parts, and labor; lack of customer acceptance of new or innovative technologies; increased competition; and other factors.

While our annual impairment assessment performed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2024 supported the carrying amount of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, we may be required to re-evaluate the carrying amounts in future periods utilizing different

49

Table of Contents

inputs and assumptions that reflect the then current market conditions and expectations regarding our operating performance, which may result in a future impairment that could be material.

Product Warranty Guarantees

Our products are warranted to provide assurance that the product will function as expected and to ensure customer confidence in design, workmanship, and overall quality. Warranty coverage on our products is generally provided for specified periods of time and on select products' hours of usage, and generally covers parts, labor, and other expenses for non-maintenance repairs. Warranty coverage generally does not cover operator abuse or improper use. In addition to the standard warranties offered on our products, we also sell separately priced extended warranty coverage on select products for a prescribed period after the original warranty period expires.

At the time of sale, we recognize expense and record a warranty accrual by product line for estimated costs in connection with projected future warranty claims. Our estimate of the cost of future warranty claims is based primarily on the estimated number of products under warranty, historical average costs incurred to service warranty claims, the trend in the historical ratio of warranty claims to sales, and the historical length of time between the sale and resulting warranty claim. If applicable, historical claims experience may be adjusted for known product design improvements or for the impact of unusual product quality issues. We periodically assess the adequacy of our warranty accruals based on changes in our estimates and assumptions and record any necessary adjustments if the cost of actual claim experience differs from our estimate and indicates that adjustments to our warranty accrual are necessary. Factors that could have an impact on actual future claims and our warranty accrual include, but are not limited to, items such as performance of new products; product failure rates; factors impacting product usage, such as weather; changes in sales volumes and shifts in product mix; manufacturing quality and product design issues, including significant manufacturing or design defects not discovered until after the product is delivered to customers; the extent of customers affected by the product failure; higher or lower than expected service and component part costs to satisfactorily address the repair, and upon rare occasion, changes to the warranty coverage periods. Additionally, from time to time, we also establish warranty accruals for our estimate of the costs necessary to settle major rework campaigns on a product-specific basis during the period in which the circumstances giving rise to the major rework campaign become known and when the costs to satisfactorily address the situation are both probable and estimable. The warranty accrual for the cost of a major rework campaign is primarily based on an estimate of the cost to repair each affected unit and the number of affected units expected to be repaired.

We believe that our analysis of historical warranty claim trends and knowledge of potential manufacturing and/or product design improvements or issues provide sufficient information to establish a reasonable estimate for the cost of future warranty claims at the time of sale and our warranty accruals as of the date of our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our $150.2 million warranty accrual as of October 31, 2024 is adequate and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process, including projecting future warranty claims, costs associated with servicing future warranty claims, and unexpected major rework campaigns that may arise in the future, our actual warranty costs incurred may differ from our warranty accrual estimate. An unexpected increase in warranty claims and/or in the costs associated with servicing those claims would result in an increase in our warranty accruals and a decrease in our net earnings.

Inventory Valuation

Approximately half of our inventories are valued at the lower of the cost of inventory or net realizable value, with cost determined by either the first-in, first-out or average cost method. Other inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined under the last-in, first-out method. As needed, we record an inventory valuation adjustment for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory that is equal to the excess of the cost of the inventory over the estimated net realizable value or market value for the inventory depending on inventory costing method. The inventory valuation adjustment to net realizable value or market value establishes a new cost basis of the inventory that cannot be subsequently reversed. Such inventory valuation adjustments for excess, obsolete, and slow moving inventory are not reduced or removed until the product is sold or disposed of.

In developing inventory valuation adjustments for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory, we are required to use judgment and make estimates of future sales demand and production requirements compared with current inventory levels. Our estimate of projected sales demand and production requirements is primarily based on actual orders received, historical demand, technological and product life cycle changes, product pricing, economic trends, and competitive factors, such as market and pricing trends for similar products. Although we believe our inventory valuation reserve for excess, slow-moving, and obsolete inventory is adequate at $47.8 million as of October 31, 2024, projecting sales demand and production requirements involves significant management judgment regarding future events. Future events that could significantly influence our judgments and related estimates include general economic conditions within the specific markets in which we operate, changes in demand for our products and customer preference, price fluctuations, and actions of our competitors, including the introduction of new products, technological advances, and pricing changes. Projected sales demand and production requirements can also be affected by the significant redesign of our existing products or the replacement of an existing product by an entirely new

50

Table of Contents

generation of product. It is possible that an unfavorable adjustment to our inventory valuation reserve for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory may be required in the future if there is a change in any of the aforementioned factors that adversely impacts our estimates of future demand for our products and we do not modify our purchases or production schedule accordingly.

Business Combinations

When applicable, we account for the acquisition of a business in accordance with the accounting standards codification guidance for business combinations, whereby the total consideration transferred is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, when applicable, based on their respective estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.

Assigning estimated fair values to the net assets acquired requires the use of significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions regarding the fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. While the ultimate responsibility for determining estimated fair values of the acquired net assets resides with management, for material acquisitions we may retain the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning estimated fair values to certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. Estimated fair values of acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment are generally based on available historical information, future expectations, available market data, and assumptions determined to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain with respect to future events, including economic conditions, competition, technological obsolescence, the useful life of the acquired assets, and other factors. These significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions include, when applicable, the selection of an appropriate valuation method depending on the nature of the respective asset, such as the income approach, the market or sales comparison approach, or the cost approach; estimating future cash flows based on projected revenues and/or margins that we expect to generate subsequent to the acquisition; applying an appropriate discount rate to estimate the present value of those projected cash flows we expect to generate; selecting an appropriate terminal growth rate and/or royalty rate or estimating a customer attrition or technological obsolescence factor where necessary and appropriate given the nature of the respective asset; assigning an appropriate contributory asset charge where needed; determining an appropriate useful life and the related depreciation or amortization method for the respective asset; and assessing the accuracy and completeness of other historical financial metrics of the acquiree used as standalone inputs or as the basis for determining estimated projected inputs such as margins, customer attrition, and costs to hold and sell product.

In determining the estimated fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, we typically utilize the income approach, which discounts the projected future cash flows using a discount rate that appropriately reflects the risks associated with the projected cash flows. Generally, we estimate the fair value of acquired trade names using the relief from royalty method under the income approach, which is based on the hypothetical royalty stream that would be received if we were to license the acquired trade name. For most other acquired intangible assets, we estimate fair value using the excess earnings method under the income approach, which is typically applied when cash flows are not directly generated by the asset, but rather, by an operating group that includes the particular asset. In certain instances, particularly in relation to developed technology or patents, we may utilize the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective intangible asset and the recency of the development or procurement of such technology. The useful lives and amortization methods for the acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill are generally determined based on the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the acquired intangible assets and the nature of the use of the respective acquired intangible asset, adjusted as appropriate for entity-specific factors including legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, and/or other factors such as customer attrition rates and product or order lifecycles that may limit the useful life of the respective acquired intangible asset. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired inventory, we typically utilize the cost approach for raw materials and the sales comparison approach for work in process, finished goods, and service parts. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired property, plant, and equipment, we typically utilize the sales comparison approach or the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective asset and the recency of the construction or procurement of such asset.

We may refine the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, if necessary, over a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition by taking into consideration new information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known as of the date of acquisition, would have affected the estimated fair values ascribed to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the estimated useful life and depreciation or amortization method of each asset, can materially impact the net earnings of the periods subsequent to an acquisition through depreciation and amortization, and in certain instances through impairment charges, if the asset becomes impaired in the future. During the measurement period, any purchase price allocation changes that impact the carrying value of goodwill will affect any measurement of goodwill impairment taken during the measurement period, if applicable. If necessary, purchase price allocation revisions that occur

51

Table of Contents

outside of the measurement period are recorded within cost of sales or selling, general and administrative expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings depending on the nature of the adjustment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the section entitled "New Accounting Pronouncements."

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000737758-23-000034.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-12-20. Report date: 2023-10-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") is intended to provide a reader of our Consolidated Financial Statements with a narrative from the perspective of management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, and certain other factors that may affect our future results. Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all references in this MD&A to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements can be found in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless expressly stated otherwise, the comparisons presented in this MD&A refer to the year-over-year comparison of changes in our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023 and 2022. Discussion of fiscal 2021 items and the year-over-year comparison of changes in our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2022 and 2021 can be found in Part II, Item 7, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022. Statements that are not historical are forward-looking and involve risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risks and uncertainties could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested throughout this MD&A.

Our MD&A is presented as follows:

•Company Overview

•Results of Operations

•Business Segments

•Financial Position

•Non-GAAP Financial Measures

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Throughout this MD&A, we have provided financial and liquidity measures that are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP ("non-GAAP financial measures," "adjusted" before specified financial measures, and "non-GAAP liquidity measures"), as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures, however, should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

COMPANY OVERVIEW

Executive Summary

Our fiscal 2023 results included the following items of significance that are provided in summary format here and described in greater detail throughout the "Results of Operations," "Business Segments," and "Financial Position" sections:

•Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2023 were $4,553.2 million, an increase of 0.9 percent compared to $4,514.7 million in fiscal 2022.

•Professional segment net sales for fiscal 2023 were $3,674.6 million, an increase of 7.1 percent compared to $3,429.6 million in fiscal 2022.

•Residential segment net sales for fiscal 2023 were $854.2 million, a decrease of 20.1 percent compared to $1,068.6 million in fiscal 2022.

•Gross margin was 34.6 percent in fiscal 2023, an increase of 130 basis points compared to 33.3 percent in fiscal 2022.

•Adjusted gross margin was 34.7 percent in fiscal 2023, an increase of 130 basis points compared to 33.4 percent in fiscal 2022.

•SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2023 was 21.8 percent, an increase of 130 basis points compared to 20.5 percent in fiscal 2022.

•Net earnings for fiscal 2023 were $329.7 million, or $3.13 per diluted share, compared to $443.3 million, or $4.20 per diluted share, in fiscal 2022.

34

Table of Contents

•Adjusted net earnings for fiscal 2023 were $443.5 million, or $4.21 per diluted share, compared to $444.2 million, or $4.20 per diluted share, in fiscal 2022.

•Field inventory was higher as of the end of fiscal 2023 compared to the end of fiscal 2022, primarily driven by channel replenishment and lower than anticipated retail demand from homeowners who prefer professional solutions.

•Our order backlog represents unfulfilled customer orders at a point in time. Our order backlog (including shipments beyond 12 months) decreased $343.4 million to $1,965.7 million as of October 31, 2023 from $2,309.1 million as of October 31, 2022, primarily driven by improved manufacturing output. Our order backlog remains significantly elevated over what the company would consider normal, due to demand for golf and grounds equipment and underground and specialty construction products continuing to outpace production of such products.

Please refer to the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures.

We continued our history of paying quarterly cash dividends throughout fiscal 2023 and increased our fiscal 2023 quarterly cash dividend by 13.3 percent to $0.34 per share compared to $0.30 per share paid in fiscal 2022. We also repurchased shares of our common stock under our Board authorized repurchase program, thereby reducing our total shares outstanding. As a result of the combination of quarterly cash dividends and share repurchases, we returned $201.9 million of cash to our shareholders during fiscal 2023. As of October 31, 2023, we had a strong liquidity profile with available liquidity of $750.5 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $193.1 million and availability under our revolving credit facility of $557.4 million.

Multi-Year Employee Initiative

Our current multi-year employee initiative, "Drive for Five," which began in fiscal 2022, is intended to align and engage employees on furthering our profitable growth by offering innovative business and product categories to serve our customers. As such, the core focus of this initiative is our goal of exceeding $5.0 billion in net sales through organic growth, while continuing our historical focus on improving profitability, by the end of fiscal 2024. We believe this goal enhances the innovation and growth momentum for the organization.

AMP Initiative

We recently announced a new "Amplifying Maximum Productivity" or AMP initiative, which is a multi-year initiative intended to result in annualized cost savings of more than $100 million by fiscal 2027, driven by sustainable supply-base, design-to-value, and route-to-market transformation. We expect to reinvest a portion of the savings from this initiative to drive further innovation and growth.

Acquisition of Intimidator Group

On January 13, 2022, during the first quarter of fiscal 2022, we completed our acquisition of Intimidator for net aggregate purchase consideration of $399.8 million. Intimidator primarily designs, manufactures, markets, and sells a commercial-grade line of zero-turn mowers under the Spartan brand, which are intended to provide innovative turf management solutions to landscape contractors and other customers including homeowners who prefer professional solutions. The acquisition of Intimidator broadened our Professional reportable segment and expanded our manufacturing footprint and dealer network. Subsequent to the closing date, results of operations for Intimidator have been included within our Professional reportable segment within our Consolidated Financial Statements and had an incremental impact to our Professional reportable segment net sales for the first twelve months post acquisition, or through the first quarter of fiscal 2023. For additional information regarding the Intimidator acquisition, refer to Note 2, Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Impairment

During the preparation of our financial statements for the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we identified deterioration in year-to-date fiscal 2023 results of Intimidator compared to previous expectations and resulting downward revisions to our projected future results of Intimidator made during the third quarter of fiscal 2023 as part of our annual long range strategic planning process, including future expected cash flows, which were significantly lower than previously expected. The underperformance was attributable to summer seasonality trends that did not materialize primarily due to reduced retail demand from homeowners who prefer professional solutions. This reduced retail demand from homeowners who prefer professional solutions was driven by persistent hot and dry weather patterns across key regions, coupled with a number of macro factors, including higher interest rates, economic uncertainty, and consumer spending preferences following the exceptional demand during the pandemic. Additionally, we had previously replenished the Intimidator customer channel, which, combined with the reduced retail demand, caused a significant reduction in shipments and customer reorders during the third quarter of fiscal 2023, as well as a material reduction in projected future financial results for Intimidator.

Based on the above factors, we concluded it was more likely than not that the indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset was impaired and that the fair value of the Intimidator reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. As such, we

35

Table of Contents

performed quantitative impairment analyses to compare the fair value of the Spartan trade name intangible asset and the Intimidator reporting unit with their respective carrying amounts.

As a result of these analyses, at the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we recorded an impairment charge of $18.0 million related to the indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset reported under the Professional segment. Further, during the same period, we recorded an impairment charge of $133.3 million related to goodwill of the Intimidator reporting unit also reported under the Professional segment. Subsequent to these impairment charges, the remaining balance of the indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset is $81.1 million and the remaining balance of goodwill for the Intimidator reporting unit is $30.5 million. These impairment charges are included in the Non-cash impairment charges caption on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. These impairment charges resulted in a $36.7 million income tax benefit (deferred tax asset) associated with the remaining tax deductible basis in goodwill and other intangible assets.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Sales

Consolidated net sales in fiscal 2023 were $4,553.2 million compared to $4,514.7 million in fiscal 2022, an increase of 0.9 percent. This net sales increase was primarily driven by net price realization, higher shipments of Professional segment products, and the incremental net sales attributable to the acquisition of Intimidator, partially offset by lower shipments of Residential segment products.

Net sales in international markets were $947.7 million for fiscal 2023 compared to $879.2 million in fiscal 2022, an increase of 7.8 percent. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates resulted in a decrease in our net sales of $5.5 million in fiscal 2023. The international net sales increase was primarily driven by higher shipments and net price realization in the Professional segment, partially offset by lower shipments in the Residential segment.

The following table summarizes our results of operations as a percentage of our consolidated net sales:

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120232022
Net sales100.0%100.0%
Cost of sales(65.4)(66.7)
Gross margin34.633.3
SG&A expense(21.8)(20.5)
Non-cash impairment charges(3.3)
Operating earnings9.512.8
Interest expense(1.3)(0.8)
Other income, net0.60.2
Earnings before income taxes8.812.2
Provision for income taxes(1.6)(2.4)
Net earnings7.2%9.8%

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales and gross margin represents gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Cost of Sales," for a description of expenses included in cost of sales. Gross profit for fiscal 2023 was $1,577.6 million, up 4.9 percent compared to gross profit of $1,504.6 million in fiscal 2022. Gross margin was 34.6 percent in fiscal 2023 compared to 33.3 percent in fiscal 2022, an increase of 130 basis points. The increase in gross margin in fiscal 2023 as compared to fiscal 2022 was primarily due to net price realization and productivity improvements, partially offset by higher material costs.

Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expense

SG&A expense increased $66.7 million, or 7.2 percent, in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Selling, General and Administrative Expense" for a description of expenses included in SG&A expense. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expense was 21.8 percent in fiscal 2023 compared to 20.5 percent in fiscal 2022, an increase of 130 basis points. The increase in SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by higher corporate expenses, higher marketing and warranty costs, and increased investment in research and engineering.

Non-Cash Impairment Charges

We recorded non-cash impairment charges of $151.3 million within our Professional segment related to Intimidator in fiscal 2023. No impairment charges were recognized in fiscal 2022.

36

Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense primarily consists of interest costs incurred on outstanding borrowings related to our fixed and variable interest rate debt arrangements, as well as amortization of the debt issuance costs associated with our debt arrangements. Interest expense for fiscal 2023 increased $23.0 million compared to fiscal 2022. This increase was driven by higher average interest rates in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net for fiscal 2023 was $28.5 million compared to $12.5 million in fiscal 2022, an increase of $16.0 million. This increase in other income, net was primarily due to higher income from our Red Iron joint venture and the favorable impact from derivative instruments in fiscal 2023 as compared to fiscal 2022.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2023 was 17.7 percent compared to 19.8 percent in fiscal 2022. The decrease in the effective tax rate for fiscal 2023 was primarily due to the impact of non-cash impairment charges and higher tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock compensation during fiscal 2023.

The adjusted effective tax rate for fiscal 2023 was 20.4 percent, compared to an adjusted effective tax rate of 20.2 percent in fiscal 2022. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

Net Earnings and Net Earnings Per Diluted Share

Fiscal 2023 net earnings were $329.7 million compared to $443.3 million in fiscal 2022, a decrease of 25.6 percent. Fiscal 2023 diluted net earnings per share were $3.13, a decrease of 25.5 percent from $4.20 per diluted share in fiscal 2022. The decrease in net earnings per diluted share for fiscal 2023 was primarily driven by the non-cash impairment charges, higher interest expense, and lower Residential segment earnings, partially offset by strong Professional segment earnings excluding the non-cash impairment charges and higher income from our Red Iron joint venture.

Adjusted net earnings for fiscal 2023 were $443.5 million, or $4.21 per diluted share, compared to $444.2 million, or $4.20 per diluted share, in fiscal 2022. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

As more fully described in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we operate in two reportable business segments: Professional and Residential. Segment earnings for our Professional and Residential reportable segments are defined as earnings from operations plus other income, net. Our remaining activities consisting of a wholly-owned domestic distribution company, Red Iron joint venture, certain corporate activities, and the elimination of intersegment revenues and expenses, are presented as "Other" due to their insignificance. Corporate activities include general corporate expenditures, such as finance, human resources, legal, information technology, public relations, business development, and similar activities, as well as other unallocated corporate assets and liabilities, such as corporate facilities and deferred tax assets and liabilities. The following information provides perspective on the net sales and operating results of our reportable business segments and Other activities.

Professional Segment

Professional segment net sales represented 80.7 percent and 76.0 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively. The following table presents our Professional segment's net sales, earnings, and earnings as a percentage of net sales (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120232022
Net sales$3,674.6$3,429.6
Percentage change from prior year7.1%17.1%
Segment earnings$509.1$584.0
Segment earnings as a percentage of segment net sales13.9%17.0%

Professional Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Professional segment in fiscal 2023 increased 7.1 percent compared to fiscal 2022. This increase was primarily driven by higher shipments of underground and specialty construction, and golf and grounds products, net price realization, and the incremental net sales attributable to the acquisition of Intimidator, partially offset by lower shipments of contractor-grade lawn care equipment.

37

Table of Contents

Professional Segment Earnings

Professional segment earnings decreased 12.8 percent in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022, and when expressed as a percentage of Professional segment net sales, decreased to 13.9 percent from 17.0 percent. The decrease in Professional segment earnings as a percentage of Professional segment net sales for fiscal 2023 was primarily driven by the non-cash impairment charges and higher material costs, partially offset by net price realization and productivity improvements.

Residential Segment

Residential segment net sales represented 18.8 percent and 23.7 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively. The following table presents our Residential segment's net sales, earnings, and earnings as a percentage of net sales (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120232022
Net sales$854.2$1,068.6
Percentage change from prior year(20.1)%5.8%
Segment earnings$68.9$112.7
Segment earnings as a percentage of segment net sales8.1%10.5%

Residential Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Residential segment in fiscal 2023 decreased by 20.1 percent compared to fiscal 2022. This decrease was primarily driven by lower shipments of products broadly across the segment, partially offset by net price realization.

Residential Segment Earnings

Residential segment earnings decreased 38.9 percent in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022, and when expressed as a percentage of Residential segment net sales, decreased to 8.1 percent from 10.5 percent. This Residential segment earnings decrease as a percentage of Residential segment net sales was primarily driven by lower sales volume and unfavorable product mix, partially offset by net price realization.

Other Activities

Net sales for our Other activities consist of sales from a wholly-owned domestic distribution company less intercompany sales from our Professional and Residential business segments to the wholly-owned domestic distribution company. Net sales for our Other activities represented 0.5 percent and 0.3 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The following table presents net sales and operating loss for our Other activities (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120232022
Net sales$24.4$16.5
Percentage change from prior year47.9%(17.2)%
Operating loss$(177.5)$(144.2)

Other Net Sales

Net sales for our Other activities includes sales from our wholly-owned domestic distribution company net of intersegment sales from the Professional and Residential segments to the distribution company. Net sales for our Other activities in fiscal 2023 increased $7.9 million compared to fiscal 2022.

Other Operating Loss

Operating loss for our Other activities increased $33.3 million in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. This year-over-year operating loss increase was primarily driven by higher interest expense, higher corporate expenses, and restructuring charges, partially offset by higher income from our Red Iron joint venture and the favorable impact from derivative instruments.

FINANCIAL POSITION

Working Capital

The macroeconomic environment remains challenging, but our supply chain is beginning to stabilize. Our continued goal is to maintain requisite inventory levels to meet our anticipated production requirements, avoid manufacturing delays, and meet the demand for our products, as well as ensure service parts availability for our customers. The following table highlights several key measures of our working capital performance (dollars in millions):

38

Table of Contents

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120232022
Average receivables, net$379.2$351.7
Average inventories, net$1,134.5$914.4
Average accounts payable$450.9$494.6
Average days outstanding for receivables30.428.4
Average inventory turnover (times per fiscal year)2.63.3

As of the end of fiscal 2023, our average net working capital was 23.3 percent compared to 17.1 percent as of the end of fiscal 2022. We calculate our average net working capital as average net accounts receivable plus average net inventory, less average accounts payable as a percentage of net sales for a twelve month period.

The following factors impacted our average net working capital during fiscal 2023 as compared to fiscal 2022:

•Average net receivables increased by 7.8 percent, primarily driven by payment terms. Our average days outstanding for receivables increased to 30.4 days in fiscal 2023 compared to 28.4 days in fiscal 2022.

•Average net inventories increased by 24.1 percent, primarily due to higher finished goods resulting from decreased demand for solutions sold to homeowners.

•Average accounts payable decreased by 8.8 percent, primarily driven by a reduction in purchases year-over-year.

Capital Expenditures

We make ongoing capital investments in our property, plant, and equipment and believe that in periods of normalized supply chain conditions our historical capital investments in our manufacturing facilities and other capital assets will increase the production capacity and efficiencies of our operations to better enable us to meet the needs of our customers. Fiscal 2023 capital expenditures of $149.5 million were $6.0 million higher than our fiscal 2022 capital expenditures of $143.5 million.

Cash Flows

Cash flows provided by/(used in) operating, investing, and financing activities during the past two fiscal years are shown in the following table (dollars in millions):

Cash Provided by/ (Used in)
Fiscal Years Ended October 3120232022
Operating activities$306.8$297.2
Investing activities(157.7)(548.3)
Financing activities(147.5)42.2
Effect of exchange rates on cash3.3(8.5)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents4.9(217.4)
Cash and cash equivalents as of the end of the fiscal period$193.1$188.2

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our primary source of funds is cash generated from operations. In fiscal 2023, cash provided by operating activities increased by $9.6 million, or 3.2 percent, from fiscal 2022.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Acquisitions and capital expenditures are a significant use of our capital resources. These investments are intended to enable sales growth in new, existing, and expanding markets, help us meet product demand, and increase our manufacturing efficiencies and capacity. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2023 decreased by $390.6 million from fiscal 2022. This decrease was primarily due to cash used to acquire Intimidator in fiscal 2022 that was not repeated.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2023 was $147.5 million compared to cash provided by financing activities of $42.2 million in fiscal 2022. This change in cash flows from financing activities was mainly due to lower net borrowings, partially offset by lower share repurchases, in each case during fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. The net borrowings incurred during fiscal 2022 were used in part to acquire Intimidator.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of October 31, 2023, we had available liquidity of $750.5 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $193.1 million, of which $91.1 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries, and availability under our revolving credit facility of $557.4 million.

39

Table of Contents

We expect that $32.8 million of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries will be indefinitely reinvested. Should these cash and cash equivalents be distributed in the future in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, state income taxes, and/or additional federal taxes for currency fluctuations. As of October 31, 2023, the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to our investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and any withholding, state, or additional federal taxes upon any future repatriation, are not material and have not been recorded.

We believe our current liquidity position, including the funds available through existing, and potential future, financing arrangements and projected cash flows from operations will be sufficient to provide the necessary capital resources for our anticipated working capital needs, payroll, and other administrative costs, capital expenditures, lease payments, purchase commitments, contractual obligations, acquisitions, investments, establishment of new facilities, expansion and renovation of existing facilities, financing receivables from customers that are not financed with Red Iron or other third-party financial institutions, contingent consideration payments, debt repayments, interest payments, quarterly cash dividend payments, and common stock repurchases, all as applicable, for at least the next twelve months.

Indebtedness

The following is a summary of our indebtedness (dollars in millions):

October 3120232022
Revolving credit facility, due October 2026$40.0$
$270 million term loan, due October 2026270.0270.0
$200 million term loan, due April 2027200.0200.0
3.81% series A senior notes, due June 2029100.0100.0
3.91% series B senior notes, due June 2031100.0100.0
3.97% senior notes, due June 2032100.0100.0
7.8% debentures, due June 2027100.0100.0
6.625% senior notes, due May 2037124.2124.1
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs2.73.3
Long-term debt$1,031.5$990.8

Principal payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, based on the maturity dates defined within our debt arrangements, for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows (dollars in millions):

Succeeding fiscal yearPrincipal payments
2024$
202537.0
2026303.0
2027270.0
2028
Thereafter425.0
Total principal payments$1,035.0

Interest payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, assuming no prepayments of indebtedness, for each of the succeeding fiscal years is as follows (dollars in millions):

Succeeding fiscal yearInterest payments
2024$57.3
202556.6
202653.7
202730.1
202820.0
Thereafter97.6

Interest on variable rate debt was calculated using the interest rate as of October 31, 2023.

Our revolving credit facility has a borrowing capacity of up to $600.0 million that matures on October 5, 2026. Included in the revolving credit facility is a $10.0 million sublimit for standby letters of credit and a $30.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. At our election, and with the approval of the named borrowers on the revolving credit facility and the election of the lenders to fund such increase, the aggregate maximum principal amount available under the revolving credit facility may be increased by an amount of up to $300.0 million. As of October 31, 2023 we had $40.0 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility

40

Table of Contents

and $2.6 million outstanding under the sublimit for standby letters of credit, resulting in $557.4 million of unutilized availability under our revolving credit facility. As of October 31, 2022 we had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and $3.1 million outstanding under the sublimit for standby letters of credit, resulting in $596.9 million of unutilized availability under our revolving credit facility. As of October 31, 2023, our debt ratings for long-term unsecured senior, non-credit enhanced debt by Standard and Poor's Ratings Group and by Moody's Investors Service were BBB and Baa1, respectively, and in both cases with a stable outlook.

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness are described in Note 6, Indebtedness, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We are in compliance with our debt covenants and other requirements of our revolving credit facility and term loan credit agreements, indentures and private placement note purchase agreements.

Capital Structure

The following table details the components of our capital structure and debt-to-capitalization ratio (dollars in millions, except percentage data):

October 3120232022
Long-term debt$1,031.5$990.8
Stockholders' equity$1,510.9$1,351.7
Debt-to-capitalization ratio40.6%42.3%

Our debt-to-capitalization ratio decreased in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022 primarily due to our continued profitability.

Cash Dividends

In each quarter of fiscal 2023, our Board of Directors declared a common stock cash dividend of $0.34 per share, which was a 13.3 percent increase over our common stock cash dividend of $0.30 per share paid each quarter in fiscal 2022. On December 12, 2023, our Board of Directors increased our fiscal 2024 first quarter common stock cash dividend by 5.9 percent to $0.36 per share. Future common stock cash dividends will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Share Repurchases

Our Board authorized stock repurchase program provides shares for use in connection with our stock-based compensation plans, among other uses, and has no expiration. The following table provides information with respect to repurchases of our common stock during the past two fiscal years (dollars in millions, except share and per share data):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120232022
Shares of Board authorized common stock purchased577,1151,525,856
Cost to repurchase common stock$60.0$140.0
Average price paid per share$103.97$91.75

As of October 31, 2023, 6,949,491 shares remained available for repurchase under our Board authorized stock repurchase program. We currently expect to continue share repurchases in fiscal 2024, depending on our cash balance, debt repayments, common stock price and other market conditions, our anticipated working capital needs, and/or other factors.

Customer Financing

Inventory Financing Arrangements

We are party to inventory financing arrangements with Red Iron, HCFC, and other third-party financial institutions (collectively, the "financial institutions") which provide inventory financing to certain dealers and distributors of certain of our products in the U.S. and internationally. These financing arrangements are structured as an advance in the form of a payment by the financial institutions to us on behalf of a distributor or dealer with respect to invoices financed by the financial institution. These payments extinguish the obligation of the dealer or distributor to make payment to us under the terms of the applicable invoice.

Under separate agreements between the financial institutions and the dealers and distributors, the financial institutions provide loans to the dealers and distributors for the advances paid by the financial institutions to us. Under these financing arrangements, down payments are not required, and depending on the finance program for each product line, finance charges are incurred by us, shared between us and the distributor and/or the dealer, or paid by the distributor or dealer. The financial institutions retain a security interest in the distributors' and dealers' financed inventories and such inventories are monitored regularly through audits. Financing terms to the distributors and dealers require payment as the inventory, which secures the indebtedness, is sold to end-users or when payment otherwise become due under the agreements between the financial institutions and the distributors and dealers, whichever occurs first. Rates are generally indexed to the Secured Overnight

41

Table of Contents

Financing Rate ("SOFR"), or an alternative variable rate, plus a fixed percentage that differs based on whether the financing is for a distributor or dealer. Rates may also vary based on the product that is financed.

The net amount of receivables financed for dealers and distributors under the arrangement with Red Iron during fiscal 2023 and 2022 was $2,789.5 million and $2,627.5 million, respectively. The total amount of net receivables outstanding under the arrangement with Red Iron as of October 31, 2023 and 2022 was $1,019.0 million and $776.1 million, respectively. The total amount of receivables due from Red Iron to us as of October 31, 2023 and 2022 were $34.4 million and $17.7 million, respectively.

The net amount of receivables financed for dealers and distributors under the arrangements with HCFC and the other third-party financial institutions during fiscal 2023 and 2022 was $545.4 million and $633.5 million, respectively. As of October 31, 2023 and 2022, $234.7 million and $220.0 million, respectively, of receivables financed by HCFC and the other third-party financial institutions were outstanding.

Inventory Repurchase Agreements

We have entered into a limited inventory repurchase agreement with Red Iron and HCFC under which we have agreed to repurchase certain repossessed products, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $7.5 million in a calendar year.

We have also entered into inventory repurchase agreements with the other third-party financial institutions under which we have agreed to repurchase certain repossessed products. As of October 31, 2023 and 2022, we were contingently liable to repurchase up to a maximum amount of $32.2 million and $80.0 million of repossessed inventory, respectively.

Our financial exposure under these inventory repurchase agreements is limited to the difference between the amount paid to Red Iron, HCFC or other third-party financing institutions for repurchases of inventory and the amount received upon subsequent resale of the repossessed product. We have repurchased immaterial amounts of inventory pursuant to such arrangements over the past three fiscal years. However, a decline in retail sales or financial difficulties of our distributors or dealers could cause this situation to change and thereby require us to repurchase financed product, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

End-User Financing

We have agreements with third-party financing companies to provide financing options to end-customers throughout the world. The purpose of these agreements is to provide end-users of our products alternative financing options when purchasing our products. We have no material contingent liabilities for residual value or credit collection risk under these agreements with third-party financing companies.

From time to time, we enter into agreements where we provide recourse to third-party finance companies in the event of default by the customer for financing payments to the third-party finance company. We may recover a portion of any required recourse payments incurred under these agreements from repossession and resale of the equipment collateralizing the receivables. Our maximum exposure for credit collection under those arrangements as of October 31, 2023 and 2022 was $5.2 million and $8.6 million, respectively.

Termination or any material change to the terms of our end-user financing arrangements, availability of credit for our customers, including any delay in securing replacement credit sources, or significant financed product repurchase requirements could have a material adverse impact on our future operating results.

Open Account Terms

We continue to provide financing in the form of open account terms directly to home centers and mass retailers, general line irrigation dealers, certain domestic and international distributors and dealers, ag-irrigation dealers and distributors, government customers, and rental companies.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We have provided in this Annual Report on Form 10-K certain non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We use these non-GAAP financial measures in making operating decisions and assessing liquidity because we believe they provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our core operational performance and cash flows, as a measure of our liquidity, and provide us with a better understanding of how to allocate resources to both ongoing and prospective business initiatives. Additionally, these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate our internal comparisons to both our historical operating results and to our competitors' operating results by factoring out potential differences caused by charges and benefits not related to our regular, ongoing business, including, without limitation, certain non-cash, large, and/or unpredictable charges and benefits; acquisitions and dispositions; legal judgments, settlements, or other matters; and tax positions.

42

Table of Contents

We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. The non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similar measures used by other companies.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following table provides a reconciliation of financial performance measures calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP to the most directly comparable non-GAAP financial performance measures for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023 and 2022 (dollars in millions, except per share and percentage data):

43

Table of Contents

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2023October 31, 2022
Gross profit$1,577.6$1,504.6
Acquisition-related costs10.21.6
Restructuring charges21.2
Adjusted gross profit$1,579.0$1,506.2
Gross margin34.6%33.3%
Acquisition-related costs1%0.1%
Restructuring charges20.1%%
Adjusted gross margin34.7%33.4%
Operating earnings$430.7$575.7
Acquisition-related costs10.44.0
Restructuring charges25.0
Non-cash impairment charges3151.3
Adjusted operating earnings$587.4$579.7
Operating earnings margin9.5%12.8%
Restructuring charges20.1%%
Non-cash impairment charges33.3%%
Adjusted operating earnings margin12.9%12.8%
Earnings before income taxes$400.5$552.5
Acquisition-related costs10.44.0
Restructuring charges25.0
Non-cash impairment charges3151.3
Adjusted earnings before income taxes$557.2$556.5
Income tax provision$70.8$109.2
Acquisition-related costs10.8
Restructuring charges21.1
Non-cash impairment charges336.7
Tax impact of stock-based compensation45.12.3
Adjusted income tax provision$113.7$112.3
Net earnings$329.7$443.3
Acquisition-related costs10.43.2
Restructuring charges23.9
Non-cash impairment charges3114.6
Tax impact of stock-based compensation4(5.1)(2.3)
Adjusted net earnings$443.5$444.2
Net earnings per diluted share$3.13$4.20
Acquisition-related costs10.03
Restructuring charges20.04
Non-cash impairment charges31.09
Tax impact of stock-based compensation4(0.05)(0.03)
Adjusted net earnings per diluted share$4.21$4.20
Effective tax rate17.7%19.8%
Non-cash impairment charges31.5%%
Tax impact of stock-based compensation41.2%0.4%
Adjusted effective tax rate20.4%20.2%

1    On January 13, 2022, we completed our acquisition of Intimidator. Acquisition-related costs for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2023 represent integration costs incurred in connection with the acquisition. Acquisition-related costs for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022 represent transaction and integration costs incurred in connection with the acquisition. For additional information regarding this acquisition, refer to Note 2, Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2    In October of fiscal 2023, we initiated a restructuring program expected to be completed by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2024. The anticipated costs associated with the program include severance, termination benefits, and other exit-related expenses. Restructuring charges for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2023 represent accrued severance costs.

44

Table of Contents

3    At the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we recorded non-cash impairment charges within our Professional reportable segment related to the Intimidator operating segment, as discussed in more detail under the heading "Company Overview-Impairment" in this section.

4    The accounting standards codification guidance governing employee stock-based compensation requires that any excess tax deduction for stock-based compensation be immediately recorded within income tax expense. Employee stock-based compensation activity, including the exercise of stock options, can be unpredictable and can significantly impact our net earnings, net earnings per diluted share, and effective tax rate. These amounts represent the discrete tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023 and 2022.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Liquidity Measures

We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant, and equipment, net of proceeds from insurance claim. Free cash flow conversion percentage represents free cash flow as a percentage of net earnings. We consider free cash flow and free cash flow conversion percentage to be non-GAAP liquidity measures that provide useful information to management and investors about our ability to convert net earnings into cash resources that can be used to pursue opportunities to enhance shareholder value, fund ongoing and prospective business initiatives, and strengthen our Consolidated Balance Sheets, after reinvesting in necessary capital expenditures required to maintain and grow our business.

The following table provides a reconciliation of free cash flow and free cash flow conversion percentage to net cash provided by operating activities, which is the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2023 and October 31, 2022 (dollars in millions, except percentage data):

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2023October 31, 2022
Net cash provided by operating activities$306.8$297.2
Less: Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of proceeds from insurance claim142.4143.5
Free cash flow164.4153.7
Net earnings$329.7$443.3
Free cash flow conversion percentage49.9%34.7%

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, we must make decisions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and the assumptions on which to base accounting estimates. In reaching such decisions, we apply judgment based on our understanding and analysis of the relevant circumstances, historical experience, and actuarial and other independent external third-party specialist valuations, when applicable. As a result, actual amounts could differ from those estimated at the time the Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Some of those significant accounting policies require us to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments or estimates. An accounting estimate is considered to be critical if it meets both of the following criteria: (i) the estimate requires assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain and susceptible to change at the time the accounting estimate is made and different estimates reasonably could have been used and (ii) changes in the estimate may have a material impact on the presentation of our financial condition or results of operations. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include the following:

Sales Promotions and Incentives

We recognize revenues based on the transaction price of the good or service sold to our customers, which is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring product or rendering services pursuant to the terms of the contract with a customer. The amount of consideration we receive and the revenue we recognize varies with changes in the variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs offered to customers that are determined to represent price concessions. The estimated expense of each sales promotion and incentive program is classified and recorded as a reduction from gross sales or as a component of SG&A expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings when revenue is recognized, depending on the nature of the respective program. Generally, the cost of a program is recorded as a reduction from gross sales when revenue is recognized and thus is considered to be variable consideration if the expense is determined to represent a price concession because the program either: (i) results in an immediate reduction of the transaction price with no anticipated future costs or consideration to be provided to the customer or (ii) we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice for which we do not receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program. In other circumstances, the anticipated future cost of a program based on historical or expected future business practice is recorded as SG&A expense because we receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program.

45

Table of Contents

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a reduction from gross sales are as follows:

•Off-Invoice Discounts: Our off-invoice discounts represent an immediate reduction in the selling price of our products that is realized at the time of sale with no anticipated future cost or consideration provided to the customer.

•Rebate Programs: Our rebate programs are generally based on claims submitted from either our direct customers or end-users of our products or are based on our purchase or retail sales goals for our direct customers of certain quantities or mixes of product during a specified time period, depending upon the program. The amount of the rebate varies based on the specific program and is either a dollar amount or a percentage of the purchase price and can also be based on actual retail price as compared to our selling price. Consideration is typically provided to our customers for our rebate programs after the initial sale of our products to our direct customers and thus, there is generally an anticipated future cost at the time revenue is recognized based on historical and expected future business practice.

•Financing Programs: Our financing programs consist of wholesale floor plan financing with Red Iron and separate third-party financial institutions and end-user retail financing. Costs incurred for wholesale floor plan financing programs represent financing costs associated with programs under which we share the expense of financing distributor and dealer inventories through third-party financing arrangements for a specific period of time. This charge represents interest for a pre-established length of time based on a predefined rate from the contract between the company and Red Iron or the separate third-party financial institution to finance distributor and dealer inventory purchases. End-user retail financing is similar to floor planning with the difference being that retail financing programs are offered to end-user customers under which we, at our discretion, may pay a portion of interest costs on behalf of end-users for financing purchases of our equipment.

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are not considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a component of SG&A expense are as follows:

•Commissions Paid to Distributors and Dealers: For certain products, we use a distribution network of distributors and dealers that purchase and take possession of products for sale to the end customer. We also have dealers and distributors that act as sales agents for us on certain products using a direct-selling type model. Under this direct-selling type model, our network of distributors and dealers facilitates a sale directly to the dealer or end-user customer on our behalf. Commissions to distributors and dealers in these instances represent commission payments to sales agents that are also our customers. In addition, TTC dealers are often paid a commission to set up and deliver riding product purchased at certain mass retailers and home centers.

•Cooperative Advertising: Cooperative advertising programs are based on advertising costs incurred by distributors and dealers for promoting our products. We support a portion of those advertising costs in which claims are submitted by the distributor or dealer along with evidence of the advertising material procured/produced and evidence of the cost incurred in the form of third-party invoices or receipts.

Regardless of classification of the cost of the sales promotion and incentive program within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, we record an accrual within the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the estimated future expense of certain of our sales promotion and incentive programs for which we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice by using the expected value method and applying the portfolio approach practical expedient under the accounting standards codification guidance for revenue from contracts with customers. Under such approach, our determination of variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs is primarily based on the terms of the sales arrangements and sales promotion and incentive programs with customers, historical payment and rebate claims experience, field inventory levels, quantity or mix of products purchased, projected sales volumes, types of programs offered, and expectations for the acceptance of sales promotion and incentive programs offered in the future or changes in other relevant trends.

Of our sales promotion and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration, our off-invoice discounts and financing programs are less subject to complex judgment or estimates as compared to our rebate programs, which are subject to a more significant level of estimation uncertainty as they require inputs and assumptions that are more susceptible to change or subjectivity. Specifically, our rebate programs are primarily sensitive to fluctuations in historical payment and rebate claims experience as compared to actual realized payment and rebate claims, field inventory levels, and projected wholesale and retail sales volumes and the quantity or mix of products.

Adjustments to sales promotions and incentive accruals are made from time to time as actual usage becomes known in order to properly estimate the amounts necessary to generate consumer demand based on market conditions as of the balance sheet date. As of October 31, 2023, we had recorded an accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs of $163.0 million within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs is adequate as of October 31, 2023 and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process,

46

Table of Contents

actual results may differ from these estimates if competitive factors dictate the need to enhance or modify sales promotion and incentive programs or if customer usage, product mix, or field inventory levels vary from historical trends.

Impairment

Goodwill

Goodwill is initially recognized as a result of the excess of purchase consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. As of October 31, 2023, our goodwill balance was $450.8 million. Goodwill is not amortized, but is assessed for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred prior to the annual assessment. We assess goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level and our 12 reporting units are the same as our 12 operating segments as defined in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Nine of our reporting units contained goodwill on their respective balance sheets as of October 31, 2023.

During the preparation of the financial statements for the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we concluded that impairment indicators existed for our Intimidator reporting unit goodwill. Based on the resulting impairment assessment performed, we recorded an impairment charge of $133.3 million related to goodwill of the Intimidator reporting unit in the third quarter of fiscal 2023. For additional information regarding the impairment charge, refer to refer to Note 5, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, consistent with prior fiscal years, we performed our annual quantitative goodwill impairment assessment, which is a one-step process. In performing the quantitative analysis, we compare the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, to its fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Based on the fourth quarter annual quantitative goodwill impairment analysis, we determined there was no impairment of goodwill for any of our reporting units as the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value, including goodwill. Further, excluding Intimidator, the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value, including goodwill, in excess of 100 percent. Given the proximity of our annual impairment analysis to the third quarter analysis which resulted in Impairment for the Intimidator reporting unit goodwill, we would not expect significant excess of fair value over carrying value. The marginal positive excess is indicative of improved performance and a favorable business outlook due to management actions to prioritize and allocate sufficient resources to the Intimidator business, as well as accelerated release of new product offerings which will have a favorable impact to results in fiscal 2024 and beyond.

The fair value of each reporting unit under the quantitative goodwill impairment test was determined using a discounted cash flow model under the income approach which requires the use of significant judgment regarding the selection of various inputs and assumptions, including projected operating results and growth rates from the company's projection process, applicable tax rates, estimated capital expenditures and depreciation, estimated changes in working capital, terminal growth rates applied to projected operating results in the terminal period, and a weighted-average cost of capital ("WACC") rate. Actual future results may differ significantly from the assumptions used in our valuations resulting in future impairment losses and such losses could be material. As such estimates are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions, we performed sensitivity analyses to address this risk. Excluding Intimidator, the WACC rate could be increased by over 500 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units. Excluding Intimidator, the terminal growth rate could be decreased by 300 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units.

These inputs and assumptions, which are independently determined and vary for each reporting unit, are based on historical experience, our projections of future operating results and contemplate current and future business, industry, and economic conditions, as well as relevant observable market inputs and consideration of risk regarding future performance for purposes of determining the WACC and terminal growth rates. The WACC rate selected is commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective reporting unit and in our projected operating results and is calculated based on weighted average returns on debt and equity from guideline public companies. Therefore, changes in the market that are beyond our control and that impact our guideline public companies may have an adverse effect on our future calculations of the estimated fair values of our reporting units. Terminal growth rates are generally determined based on economic and industry growth expectations, while also considering the lifecycle stage of each respective reporting unit. Where available, and as appropriate, comparable EBITDA and revenue multiples are derived from the market prices of stocks of guideline public companies and are used to assist in developing an estimated business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach to corroborate our determination of the estimated fair values of our reporting units under the income approach. Identifying appropriate guideline public companies for purposes of computing estimated market multiples and selecting an appropriate WACC rate is subjective. We select guideline public companies that are engaged in the same or similar lines of business and that have reasonably similar qualitative factors as our reporting units, while also considering relevant quantitative factors such as profitability and market

47

Table of Contents

capitalization, where applicable. As a final corroboratory step, we reconcile the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units resulting from the income approach to our company's market capitalization.

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are initially recognized at their estimated fair values as a result of a business combination or asset acquisition. As of October 31, 2023, our indefinite-lived intangible asset balances, which consist of certain trade names, were $271.5 million. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are assessed for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred prior to the annual assessment. We assess indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the individual indefinite-lived intangible asset or asset group level, as appropriate.

During the preparation of the financial statements for the third quarter of fiscal 2023, we concluded that impairment indicators existed for our indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset. Based on the resulting impairment assessment performed, we recorded an impairment charge of $18.0 million related to the indefinite-lived Spartan trade name intangible asset in the third quarter of fiscal 2023. For additional information regarding the impairment charge, refer to refer to Note 5, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023, consistent with prior fiscal years, we performed our annual quantitative impairment assessment for indefinite-lived intangible assets by comparing the carrying amounts of each respective asset, or asset group, to its estimated fair value. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Based on our fourth quarter quantitative impairment analysis, we determined that our indefinite-lived intangible assets were not impaired as the estimated fair value of each of our indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded its carrying value. Further, excluding the Intimidator Spartan trade name, the fair value of each of our indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded its carrying value in excess of 20 percent. Given the proximity of our annual impairment analysis to the third quarter analysis which resulted in Impairment for the Intimidator Spartan trade name, we would not expect significant excess of fair value over carrying value. The marginal positive excess is indicative of improved performance and a favorable business outlook due to management actions to prioritize and allocate sufficient resources to the Intimidator business, as well as accelerate the release of new product offerings which will have a favorable impact to results in fiscal 2024 and beyond.

Fair value was determined using the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach which requires the use of significant judgment regarding the selection of various inputs and assumptions, including projected revenues from the company's projection process, assumed royalty rates that could be payable if the company did not own the intangible asset, terminal growth rates applied to projected revenues, applicable tax rates, and a discount rate. These inputs and assumptions contemplate business, industry, and overall economic conditions, as well as relevant market data for royalty rates of similar intangible assets. Actual future results may differ significantly from the assumptions used in our valuations resulting in future impairment losses and such losses could be material. As such estimates are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions, we performed sensitivity analyses to address this risk. Excluding the Intimidator Spartan trade name, the discount rate could be increased by 170 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our indefinite-lived intangible assets. Excluding the Intimidator Spartan trade name, the royalty rate could be decreased by 40 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Determining the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets, or asset groups, requires considerable judgment and such estimates are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions. As a result, there can be no assurance that the inputs and assumptions made for purposes of our annual impairment assessments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Certain events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected may negatively affect the underlying key inputs and assumptions and ultimately affect the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Such events or circumstances could include a decrease in expected future operating results and the related cash flows; adverse economic, market, and industry conditions, including unfavorable impacts on our guideline public companies used in determining our WACC rate and the business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach; prolonged periods of unfavorable weather conditions; changes in regulatory conditions impacting our products and industries; a continued volatile supply chain environment and/or additional increases in the costs of commodities, component parts, and labor; lack of customer acceptance of new or innovative technologies; increased competition; and other factors. While our annual impairment assessment performed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2023 supported the carrying amount of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, we may be required to re-evaluate the carrying amount in future periods utilizing different inputs and assumptions that reflect the then current market conditions and expectations regarding our operating performance, which may result in a future impairment that could be material.

48

Table of Contents

Product Warranty Guarantees

Our products are warranted to provide assurance that the product will function as expected and to ensure customer confidence in design, workmanship, and overall quality. Warranty coverage on our products is generally provided for specified periods of time and on select products' hours of usage, and generally covers parts, labor, and other expenses for non-maintenance repairs. Warranty coverage generally does not cover operator abuse or improper use. In addition to the standard warranties offered on our products, we also sell separately priced extended warranty coverage on select products for a prescribed period after the original warranty period expires.

At the time of sale, we recognize expense and record a warranty accrual by product line for estimated costs in connection with projected future warranty claims. Our estimate of the cost of future warranty claims is based primarily on the estimated number of products under warranty, historical average costs incurred to service warranty claims, the trend in the historical ratio of warranty claims to sales, and the historical length of time between the sale and resulting warranty claim. If applicable, historical claims experience may be adjusted for known product design improvements or for the impact of unusual product quality issues. We periodically assess the adequacy of our warranty accruals based on changes in our estimates and assumptions and record any necessary adjustments if the cost of actual claim experience differs from our estimate and indicates that adjustments to our warranty accrual are necessary. Factors that could have an impact on actual future claims and our warranty accrual include, but are not limited to, items such as performance of new products; product failure rates; factors impacting product usage, such as weather; changes in sales volumes and shifts in product mix; manufacturing quality and product design issues, including significant manufacturing or design defects not discovered until after the product is delivered to customers; the extent of customers affected by the product failure; higher or lower than expected service and component part costs to satisfactorily address the repair, and upon rare occasion, changes to the warranty coverage periods. Additionally, from time to time, we also establish warranty accruals for our estimate of the costs necessary to settle major rework campaigns on a product-specific basis during the period in which the circumstances giving rise to the major rework campaign become known and when the costs to satisfactorily address the situation are both probable and estimable. The warranty accrual for the cost of a major rework campaign is primarily based on an estimate of the cost to repair each affected unit and the number of affected units expected to be repaired.

We believe that our analysis of historical warranty claim trends and knowledge of potential manufacturing and/or product design improvements or issues provide sufficient information to establish a reasonable estimate for the cost of future warranty claims at the time of sale and our warranty accruals as of the date of our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our $143.9 million warranty accrual as of October 31, 2023 is adequate and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process, including projecting future warranty claims, costs associated with servicing future warranty claims, and unexpected major rework campaigns that may arise in the future, our actual warranty costs incurred may differ from our warranty accrual estimate. An unexpected increase in warranty claims and/or in the costs associated with servicing those claims would result in an increase in our warranty accruals and a decrease in our net earnings.

Inventory Valuation

Approximately half of our inventories are valued at the lower of the cost of inventory or net realizable value, with cost determined by either the first-in, first-out or average cost method. Other inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined under the last-in, first-out method. As needed, we record an inventory valuation adjustment for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory that is equal to the excess of the cost of the inventory over the estimated net realizable value or market value for the inventory depending on inventory costing method. The inventory valuation adjustment to net realizable value or market value establishes a new cost basis of the inventory that cannot be subsequently reversed. Such inventory valuation adjustments for excess, obsolete, and slow moving inventory are not reduced or removed until the product is sold or disposed of.

In developing inventory valuation adjustments for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory, we are required to use judgment and make estimates of future sales demand and production requirements compared with current inventory levels. Our estimate of projected sales demand and production requirements is primarily based on actual orders received, historical demand, technological and product life cycle changes, product pricing, economic trends, and competitive factors, such as market and pricing trends for similar products. Although we believe our inventory valuation reserve for excess, slow-moving, and obsolete inventory is adequate at $43.9 million as of October 31, 2023, projecting sales demand and production requirements involves significant management judgment regarding future events. Future events that could significantly influence our judgments and related estimates include general economic conditions within the specific markets in which we operate, changes in demand for our products and customer preference, price fluctuations, and actions of our competitors, including the introduction of new products, technological advances, and pricing changes. Projected sales demand and production requirements can also be affected by the significant redesign of our existing products or the replacement of an existing product by an entirely new generation of product. It is possible that an unfavorable adjustment to our inventory valuation reserve for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory may be required in the future if there is a change in any of the aforementioned factors that adversely

49

Table of Contents

impacts our estimates of future demand for our products and we do not modify our purchases or production schedule accordingly.

Business Combinations

When applicable, we account for the acquisition of a business in accordance with the accounting standards codification guidance for business combinations, whereby the total consideration transferred is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, when applicable, based on their respective estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.

Assigning estimated fair values to the net assets acquired requires the use of significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions regarding the fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. While the ultimate responsibility for determining estimated fair values of the acquired net assets resides with management, for material acquisitions we may retain the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning estimated fair values to certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. Estimated fair values of acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment are generally based on available historical information, future expectations, available market data, and assumptions determined to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain with respect to future events, including economic conditions, competition, technological obsolescence, the useful life of the acquired assets, and other factors. These significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions include, when applicable, the selection of an appropriate valuation method depending on the nature of the respective asset, such as the income approach, the market or sales comparison approach, or the cost approach; estimating future cash flows based on projected revenues and/or margins that we expect to generate subsequent to the acquisition; applying an appropriate discount rate to estimate the present value of those projected cash flows we expect to generate; selecting an appropriate terminal growth rate and/or royalty rate or estimating a customer attrition or technological obsolescence factor where necessary and appropriate given the nature of the respective asset; assigning an appropriate contributory asset charge where needed; determining an appropriate useful life and the related depreciation or amortization method for the respective asset; and assessing the accuracy and completeness of other historical financial metrics of the acquiree used as standalone inputs or as the basis for determining estimated projected inputs such as margins, customer attrition, and costs to hold and sell product.

In determining the estimated fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, we typically utilize the income approach, which discounts the projected future cash flows using a discount rate that appropriately reflects the risks associated with the projected cash flows. Generally, we estimate the fair value of acquired trade names using the relief from royalty method under the income approach, which is based on the hypothetical royalty stream that would be received if we were to license the acquired trade name. For most other acquired intangible assets, we estimate fair value using the excess earnings method under the income approach, which is typically applied when cash flows are not directly generated by the asset, but rather, by an operating group that includes the particular asset. In certain instances, particularly in relation to developed technology or patents, we may utilize the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective intangible asset and the recency of the development or procurement of such technology. The useful lives and amortization methods for the acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill are generally determined based on the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the acquired intangible assets and the nature of the use of the respective acquired intangible asset, adjusted as appropriate for entity-specific factors including legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, and/or other factors such as customer attrition rates and product or order lifecycles that may limit the useful life of the respective acquired intangible asset. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired inventory, we typically utilize the cost approach for raw materials and the sales comparison approach for work in process, finished goods, and service parts. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired property, plant, and equipment, we typically utilize the sales comparison approach or the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective asset and the recency of the construction or procurement of such asset.

We may refine the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, if necessary, over a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition by taking into consideration new information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known as of the date of acquisition, would have affected the estimated fair values ascribed to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the estimated useful life and depreciation or amortization method of each asset, can materially impact the net earnings of the periods subsequent to an acquisition through depreciation and amortization, and in certain instances through impairment charges, if the asset becomes impaired in the future. During the measurement period, any purchase price allocation changes that impact the carrying value of goodwill will affect any measurement of goodwill impairment taken during the measurement period, if applicable. If necessary, purchase price allocation revisions that occur outside of the measurement period are recorded within cost of sales or selling, general and administrative expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings depending on the nature of the adjustment.

50

Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the section entitled "New Accounting Pronouncements."

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000737758-22-000039.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-12-22. Report date: 2022-10-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") is intended to provide a reader of our Consolidated Financial Statements with a narrative from the perspective of management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, and certain other factors that may affect our future results. Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all references in this MD&A to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements can be found in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless expressly stated otherwise, the comparisons presented in this MD&A refer to the year-over-year comparison of changes in our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2022 and 2021. Discussion of fiscal 2020 items and the year-over-year comparison of changes in our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020 can be found in Part II, Item 7, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021. Statements that are not historical are forward-looking and involve risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risks and uncertainties could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested throughout this MD&A.

Our MD&A is presented as follows:

•Company Overview

•Results of Operations

•Business Segments

•Financial Position

•Non-GAAP Financial Measures

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Throughout this MD&A, we have provided financial measures that are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP ("non-GAAP," "adjusted" financial measures), as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures, however, should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative

to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

Executive Summary

Our fiscal 2022 results included the following items of significance that are provided in summary format here and described in greater detail throughout the "Results of Operations," "Business Segments," and "Financial Position" sections of this MD&A:

•Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2022 were $4,514.7 million, an increase of 14.0 percent compared to $3,959.6 million in fiscal 2021.

•Professional segment net sales for fiscal 2022 were $3,429.6 million, an increase of 17.1 percent compared to $2,929.6 million in fiscal 2021.

•Residential segment net sales for fiscal 2022 were $1,068.6 million, an increase of 5.8 percent compared to $1,010.1 million in fiscal 2021.

•Gross margin was 33.3 percent in fiscal 2022 compared to 33.8 percent in fiscal 2021, a decrease of 50 basis points.

•Adjusted gross margin was 33.4 percent in fiscal 2022 compared to 33.8 percent in fiscal 2021, a decrease of 40 basis points.

•SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2022 was 20.5 percent compared to 20.7 percent in fiscal 2021, an improvement of 20 basis points.

•Net earnings for fiscal 2022 were $443.3 million, or $4.20 per diluted share, compared to $409.9 million, or $3.78 per diluted share, in fiscal 2021.

•Adjusted net earnings for fiscal 2022 were $444.2 million, or $4.20 per diluted share, compared to $392.7 million, or $3.62 per diluted share, in fiscal 2021.

•Field inventory was higher as of the end of fiscal 2022 compared to the end of fiscal 2021 as a result of higher inventory value driven by higher inflation and increased inventory levels to meet expected customer demand.

Please refer to the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A for reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Our Professional segment achieved 17.1 percent net sales growth in fiscal 2022 primarily driven by net price realization and the acquisition of Intimidator.

Our Residential segment achieved 5.8 percent net sales growth in fiscal 2022 primarily driven by net price realization.

We continued our history of paying quarterly cash dividends throughout fiscal 2022 and increased our fiscal 2022 quarterly cash dividend by 14.3 percent to $0.30 per share

34

Table of Contents

compared to $0.2625 per share paid in fiscal 2021. We also repurchased shares of our common stock under our Board authorized repurchase program, thereby reducing our total shares outstanding. As a result of the combination of quarterly cash dividends and share repurchases, we returned $265.7 million of cash to our shareholders during fiscal 2022. As of October 31, 2022, we had a strong liquidity profile with available liquidity of $785.2 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $188.3 million and availability under our revolving credit facility of $596.9 million.

Multi-Year Employee Initiative

Our current multi-year employee initiative, "Drive for Five," which began in fiscal 2022, is intended to align and engage employees on furthering our profitable growth by offering innovative business and product categories to serve our customers. As such, the core focus of this initiative is our goal of exceeding $5.0 billion in net sales through organic growth, while continuing our historical focus on improving profitability, by the end of fiscal 2024. We believe this goal enhances the innovation and growth momentum for the organization.

Inflationary Factors

In fiscal 2022, the average cost of commodities, components, parts, and accessories purchased, including the impact of inflation and tariff costs, was significantly higher compared to the average cost of commodities, components, parts, and accessories purchased in fiscal 2021. We anticipate that the average cost of commodities, components, parts, and accessories purchased, including the impact of inflation and tariff costs, for fiscal 2023 will be slightly higher than the average costs experienced during fiscal 2022.

Acquisition of Intimidator Group

On January 13, 2022, during the first quarter of fiscal 2022, we completed our acquisition of Intimidator. Intimidator primarily designs, manufactures, markets, and sells a commercial-grade line of zero-turn mowers under the Spartan Mowers brand, which are intended to provide innovative turf management solutions to landscape contractors and other customers who require a commercial-grade solution. The acquisition of Intimidator broadened our Professional reportable segment and expanded our manufacturing footprint and dealer network. The acquisition consideration was $399.8 million, subject to contingent consideration for an amount not to exceed $15.0 million through the end of calendar year 2022, in the event of certain qualifying tax changes. As of October 31, 2022, no liability was recorded within the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the contingent consideration as the contingency is not probable such that an amount has not been estimated. The acquisition was funded with borrowings under our existing unsecured senior revolving credit facility and cash provided by operating activities. Subsequent to the closing date, results of operations for Intimidator have been included within our Professional segment within our Consolidated Financial Statements and had an incremental impact to our Professional

segment net sales and segment earnings for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022. For additional information regarding the Intimidator acquisition, refer to Note 2, Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Continuing Impact of COVID-19

We continue to see significant pressure on global supply chains due to disruptions created by the effects of COVID-19. As always, we are maintaining focus on meeting the needs of our customers as we supply products that are critical to maintaining essential global infrastructure and agricultural food production. Ongoing communication and prioritization continues with our suppliers in an attempt to identify and mitigate such risks and to proactively manage inventory levels of commodities, components, and parts to align with anticipated demand for our products.

If the lingering effects from COVID-19 continue or worsen beyond expectations, our business and related results of operations, financial position, or cash flows could be adversely impacted. Any sustained adverse impacts to our business, the industries in which we operate, market demand for our products, and/or certain suppliers or customers may also affect the future valuation of certain of our assets, and therefore, may increase the likelihood of a charge related to an impairment, write-off, valuation adjustment, allowance, or reserve associated with such assets, including, but not limited to, goodwill, indefinite and finite-lived intangible assets, inventories, accounts receivable, deferred income taxes, right-of-use assets, and property, plant and equipment. Such a charge could be material to our future results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. For additional information regarding risks associated with COVID-19, refer to Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Impact of Russia's Invasion of Ukraine

Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2022, in response to Russia's invasion of Ukraine, we discontinued sales into the Russian and Belarus markets. Prior sales in those markets represented an insignificant share of our overall international business; and therefore, this decision did not have a material impact on our fiscal 2022 results nor do we expect it to have a material impact on our future financial results.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Sales

Consolidated net sales in fiscal 2022 were $4,514.7 million compared to $3,959.6 million in fiscal 2021, an increase of 14.0 percent. This net sales increase was primarily driven by net price realization and the acquisition of Intimidator.

Net sales in international markets were $879.2 million for fiscal 2022 compared to $827.6 million in fiscal 2021, an increase of 6.2 percent. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates resulted in a decrease in our net sales of $15.8 million in fiscal 2022. The international net sales increase was primarily driven by the acquisition of Intimidator, and

35

Table of Contents

increased sales of Ventrac and Toro branded mowing products.

The following table summarizes our Results of Operations as a percentage of our consolidated net sales:

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120222021
Net sales100.0%100.0%
Cost of sales(66.7)(66.2)
Gross margin33.333.8
SG&A expense(20.5)(20.7)
Operating earnings12.813.1
Interest expense(0.8)(0.7)
Other income, net0.20.2
Earnings before income taxes12.212.6
Provision for income taxes(2.4)(2.2)
Net earnings9.8%10.4%

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales and gross margin represents gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Cost of Sales," for a description of expenses included in cost of sales. Gross profit for fiscal 2022 was $1,504.6 million, up 12.4 percent compared to gross profit of $1,338.5 million in fiscal 2021. Gross margin was 33.3 percent in fiscal 2022 compared to 33.8 percent in fiscal 2021, a decrease of 50 basis points. Adjusted gross profit was $1,506.2 million, up 12.5 percent compared to adjusted gross profit of $1,338.5 million in fiscal 2021. Adjusted gross margin was 33.4 percent in fiscal 2022 compared to 33.8 percent in fiscal 2021, a decrease of 40 basis points. The decrease in gross margin and adjusted gross margin in fiscal 2022 as compared to fiscal 2021 was primarily due to higher material, freight, and manufacturing costs, and the addition of Intimidator at a lower initial gross margin than the company average, partially offset by net price realization and productivity improvements. Adjusted gross profit and adjusted gross margin exclude the impact of acquisition-related costs for our acquisition of Intimidator. Reconciliations of adjusted financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A.

Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expense

SG&A expense increased $108.7 million, or 13.3 percent, in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Selling, General and Administrative Expense" for a description of expenses included in SG&A expense. The SG&A expense rate represents SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales. The SG&A expense rate in fiscal 2022 was 20.5 percent compared to 20.7 percent in fiscal 2021, an improvement of 20 basis points. This SG&A expense rate improvement was primarily driven by increased net sales leverage, partially

offset by net favorable fiscal 2021 legal settlements which did not reoccur in fiscal 2022.

Interest Expense

Interest expense primarily consists of interest costs incurred on outstanding borrowings related to our fixed and variable interest rate debt arrangements, as well as amortization of the debt issuance costs associated with our debt arrangements. Interest expense for fiscal 2022 increased $7.1 million compared to fiscal 2021. This increase was driven by higher average outstanding borrowings under our debt arrangements due to the acquisition of Intimidator and higher average interest rates in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net primarily consists of our proportionate share of income or losses from our Red Iron joint venture, realized foreign currency exchange rate gains and losses, interest and dividend income, gains or losses recognized on actuarial valuation changes for our pension and post-retirement plans, retail financing revenue, and other miscellaneous income. Other income, net for fiscal 2022 was $12.6 million compared to $10.2 million in fiscal 2021, an increase of $2.4 million. This increase in other income, net was primarily due to higher income from our Red Iron joint venture as a result of higher field inventory levels and higher financing rates throughout fiscal 2022 as compared to fiscal 2021.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2022 was 19.8 percent compared to 18.0 percent in fiscal 2021. The increase in the effective tax rate for fiscal 2022 was primarily due to less favorable one-time adjustments and lower tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions in fiscal 2022 compared fiscal 2021.

The adjusted effective tax rate for fiscal 2022 was 20.2 percent, compared to an adjusted effective tax rate of 19.6 percent in fiscal 2021. The adjusted effective tax rate excludes the impact of discrete tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A.

36

Table of Contents

Net Earnings and Net Earnings Per Diluted Share

Fiscal 2022 net earnings were $443.3 million compared to $409.9 million in fiscal 2021, an increase of 8.2 percent. Fiscal 2022 diluted net earnings per share were $4.20, an increase of 11.1 percent from $3.78 per diluted share in fiscal 2021. The net earnings increase for fiscal 2022 was primarily driven by favorable net price realization, ongoing productivity improvements, lower weighted average shares outstanding due to ongoing share repurchases under our Board authorized repurchase program, and the acquisition of Intimidator. These favorable net earnings factors were partially offset by higher material, freight, and manufacturing costs, higher interest expense, net favorable legal settlements recognized in fiscal 2021 that did not repeat in fiscal 2022, and lower tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock compensation.

Adjusted net earnings for fiscal 2022 were $444.2 million, or $4.20 per diluted share, compared to $392.7 million, or $3.62 per diluted share, in fiscal 2021, an increase of 16.0 percent per diluted share. Adjusted net earnings and adjusted net earnings per diluted share exclude the net impact of certain litigation settlements, the impact of discrete tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation, and acquisition-related costs for our acquisition of Intimidator. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

As more fully described in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we operate in two reportable business segments: Professional and Residential. Segment earnings for our Professional and Residential reportable segments are defined as earnings from operations plus other income, net. Our remaining activities consisting of a wholly-owned domestic distribution company, Red Iron joint venture, certain corporate activities, and the elimination of intersegment revenues and expenses, are presented as "Other" due to their insignificance. Corporate activities include general corporate expenditures, such as finance, human resources, legal, information services, public relations, business development, and similar activities, as well as other unallocated corporate assets and liabilities, such as corporate facilities and deferred tax assets and liabilities. The following information provides perspective on the net sales and operating results of our reportable business segments' and Other activities.

Professional Segment

Professional segment net sales represented 76.0 percent and 74.0 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. The following table presents our Professional segment's net sales, earnings, and earnings as a percentage of net sales (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120222021
Net sales$3,429.6$2,929.6
Percentage change from prior year17.1%16.1%
Segment earnings$584.0$507.3
Segment earnings as a percentage of segment net sales17.0%17.3%

Professional Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Professional segment in fiscal 2022 increased 17.1 percent compared to fiscal 2021. This increase was primarily driven by net price realization and the acquisition of Intimidator.

37

Table of Contents

Professional Segment Earnings

Professional segment earnings increased 15.1 percent in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021, but when expressed as a percentage of Professional segment net sales, decreased to 17.0 percent from 17.3 percent. The decrease in Professional segment earnings as a percentage of Professional segment net sales for fiscal 2022 was primarily driven by higher material, freight, and manufacturing costs and the addition of Intimidator at a lower initial earnings margin than the segment average, partially offset by net price realization and productivity improvements.

Residential Segment

Residential segment net sales represented 23.7 percent and 25.5 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively. The following table presents our Residential segment's net sales, earnings, and earnings as a percentage of net sales (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120222021
Net sales$1,068.6$1,010.1
Percentage change from prior year5.8%23.1%
Segment earnings$112.7$121.5
Segment earnings as a percentage of segment net sales10.5%12.0%

Residential Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Residential segment in fiscal 2022 increased by 5.8 percent compared to fiscal 2021. This increase was primarily driven by net price realization and higher shipments of zero-turn riding mowers and snow products, partially offset by lower sales of walk power mowers and portable power products.

Residential Segment Earnings

Residential segment earnings decreased 7.2 percent in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021, and when expressed as a percentage of Residential segment net sales, decreased to 10.5 percent from 12.0 percent. This Residential segment earnings decrease as a percentage of Residential segment net sales was primarily driven by higher material, freight, and manufacturing costs, partially offset by net price realization and productivity improvements.

Other Activities

Net sales for our Other activities consist of sales from a wholly-owned domestic distribution company less intercompany sales from our Professional and Residential business segments to the wholly-owned domestic distribution company. Net sales for our Other activities represented 0.3 percent and 0.5 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The following table presents net sales and operating loss for our Other activities (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120222021
Net sales$16.5$19.9
Percentage change from prior year(17.2)%(42.5)%
Operating loss$(144.2)$(129.0)

Other Net Sales

Net sales for our Other activities in fiscal 2022 decreased $3.4 million compared to fiscal 2021, primarily driven by lower sales by the wholly-owned domestic distribution company and increased intercompany sales eliminations for sales from our Professional and Residential segments to the wholly-owned domestic distribution company.

Other Operating Loss

Operating loss for our Other activities increased $15.2 million in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021. This year over year operating loss increase was primarily driven by a fiscal 2021 favorable net legal settlement with Briggs & Stratton Corporation, partially offset by a fiscal 2021 charge incurred for a legal settlement related to a series of ongoing patent infringement disputes, both of which did not reoccur in fiscal 2022.

Refer to Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Litigation" for additional information regarding the favorable net legal settlement with Briggs & Stratton Corporation.

FINANCIAL POSITION

Working Capital

Given the challenging macroeconomic environment that has created supply chain disruption and more specifically, resulted in challenging conditions for sourcing adequate amounts of certain commodities and components, our working capital strategy continues to place primary emphasis on procuring key commodities and components when available in an attempt to maintain requisite inventory levels to meet our anticipated production requirements, avoid manufacturing delays, and meet the anticipated continued strong demand for our products, as well as attempting to ensure service parts availability for our customers. The following table highlights several key measures of our working capital performance (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120222021
Average receivables, net$351.7$315.3
Average inventories, net$914.4$678.0
Average accounts payable$494.6$407.1
Average days outstanding for receivables28.429.1
Average inventory turnover (times per fiscal year)3.33.9

As of the end of fiscal 2022, our average net working capital was 17.1 percent compared to 14.8 percent as of the end of fiscal 2021. We calculate our average net working capital as

38

Table of Contents

average net accounts receivable plus average net inventory, less average accounts payable as a percentage of net sales for a twelve month period.

The following factors impacted our average net working capital during fiscal 2022 as compared to fiscal 2021:

•Average net receivables increased by 11.5 percent, primarily due to higher sales to channels not financed through our Red Iron joint venture or other third-party floor plan financing arrangements in addition to receivables from the acquisition of Intimidator. Our average days outstanding for receivables decreased to 28.4 days in fiscal 2022 compared to 29.1 days in fiscal 2021.

•Average net inventories increased by 34.9 percent, mainly due to increased raw material costs resulting from inflation, higher work in process inventories driven by constrained component supply which limited finished product assembly, and incremental inventory from the acquisition of Intimidator.

•Average accounts payable increased by 21.5 percent, mainly due to incremental accounts payable as a result of our acquisition of Intimidator, in addition to normalized corporate spending activity in fiscal 2022.

Cash Flows

Cash flows provided by/(used in) operating, investing, and financing activities during the past two fiscal years are shown in the following table (in millions):

Cash Provided by/ (Used in)
Fiscal Years Ended October 3120222021
Operating activities$297.2$555.5
Investing activities(548.2)(128.5)
Financing activities42.2(503.7)
Effect of exchange rates on cash(8.5)2.4
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents(217.4)(74.3)
Cash and cash equivalents as of the end of the fiscal period$188.3$405.6

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our primary source of funds is cash generated from operations. In fiscal 2022, cash provided by operating activities decreased by $258.3 million, or 46.5 percent, from fiscal 2021. This decrease was primarily due to more cash consumed in inventory due to increased costs resulting from inflation and constrained component supply which limited finished product assembly, in addition to more cash used to satisfy accounts payable and accrued liabilities that remained outstanding as of October 31, 2021 as a result of normalized spending patterns and timing of invoice payments near the end of fiscal 2021.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Acquisitions and capital expenditures are a significant use of our capital resources. These investments are intended to enable sales growth in new, existing, and expanding markets, help us meet product demand, and increase our manufacturing efficiencies and capacity. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2022 increased by $419.8 million from fiscal 2021. This increase was primarily due to cash used for the acquisition of Intimidator and higher purchases of property, plant and equipment in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2022 was $42.2 million compared to $503.7 million of cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2021. This change in cash was mainly due to higher net borrowings under our debt arrangements during fiscal 2022 as compared to fiscal 2021 and less cash used for repurchases of shares of our common stock under our Board authorized repurchase program, partially offset by more cash used for payments of common stock dividends.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as of the end of fiscal 2022 decreased by $217.4 million compared to the end of fiscal 2021. As of October 31, 2022, cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries were $93.4 million. We expect that $32.3 million of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries will be indefinitely reinvested. Should these cash and cash equivalents be distributed in the future in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, state income taxes, and/or additional federal taxes for currency fluctuations. As of October 31, 2022, the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to our investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and any withholding, state, or additional federal taxes upon any future repatriation, are not material and have not been recorded.

Capital Expenditures

We make ongoing capital investments in our property, plant, and equipment and believe that in periods of normalized supply chain our historical capital investments in our manufacturing facilities and other capital assets will increase the production capacity and efficiencies of our operations to better enable us to meet the needs of our customers. Fiscal 2022 capital expenditures of $143.5 million were $39.5 million higher than fiscal 2021. This increase was primarily due to additional capital investment in our facilities to support growth and efficiency goals, new product tooling, productivity improvements in our distribution process, and continued replacement of production equipment.

We anticipate fiscal 2023 capital expenditures in the range of $150.0 million to $170.0 million as we plan to continue to invest in future growth through the expansion of our manufacturing operations and other facilities, capital assets,

39

Table of Contents

new product tooling, productivity and automation enhancements in our manufacturing and distribution processes, and continued replacement of production equipment.

Other Long-Term Assets

Other long-term assets as of October 31, 2022 were $1,880.6 million compared to $1,447.0 million as of October 31, 2021, an increase of $433.7 million. This increase was primarily due to purchases of property, plant, and equipment and our acquisition of Intimidator, partially offset by depreciation of property, plant and equipment and the amortization of our other intangible assets and right-of-use lease assets during fiscal 2021.

Additionally, included in other long-term assets as of October 31, 2022 was goodwill in the amount of $583.3 million. Based on our annual goodwill impairment analysis, we determined there was no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2022 for any of our reporting units as the fair values of the reporting units exceeded their carrying values, including goodwill.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our businesses are seasonally working capital intensive and require funding for purchases of raw materials used in production, replacement parts inventory, payroll and other administrative costs, capital expenditures, establishment of new facilities, expansion and renovation of existing facilities, as well as for financing receivables from customers that are not financed with Red Iron or other third-party financial institutions. Our accounts receivable balance historically increases between January and April as a result of typically higher sales volumes and extended payment terms made available to our customers and typically decreases between May and December when payments are received.

We generally fund cash requirements through cash provided by operating activities, availability under our unsecured revolving credit facility ("revolving credit facility"), and in certain instances, other forms of financing arrangements. Our revolving credit facility has been adequate for these purposes, although we have negotiated and completed additional financing arrangements as needed for acquisitions or for other corporate purposes.

Our revolving credit facility has a borrowing capacity of up to $600.0 million that matures on October 5, 2026. Included in the revolving credit facility is a $10.0 million sublimit for standby letters of credit and a $30.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. At our election, and with the approval of the named borrowers on the revolving credit facility and the election of the lenders to fund such increase, the aggregate maximum principal amount available under the revolving credit facility may be increased by an amount of up to $300.0 million. As of both October 31, 2022 and 2021 we had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and $3.1 million outstanding under the sublimit for standby letters of credit, resulting in $596.9 million of unutilized availability under our revolving credit facility. As of

October 31, 2022, our debt rating for long-term unsecured senior, non-credit enhanced debt by Standard and Poor's Ratings Group and by Moody's Investors Service was BBB and Baa2, respectively.

We currently believe that our existing liquidity position, including the funds available through existing, and potential future, financing arrangements and forecasted cash flows from operations will be sufficient to provide the necessary capital resources for our anticipated working capital needs, capital expenditures, lease payments, purchase commitments, investments, contingent consideration payments, debt repayments, interest payments, quarterly cash dividend payments, and common stock repurchases, all as applicable, for at least the next twelve months. As of October 31, 2022, we had available liquidity of $785.2 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $188.3 million, of which $93.4 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries, and availability under our revolving credit facility of $596.9 million.

Indebtedness

The following is a summary of our indebtedness (in thousands):

October 3120222021
Revolving credit facility, due October 2026$$
$270 million term loan, due October 2026270,000270,000
$200 million term loan, due April 2027200,000
3.81% series A senior notes, due June 2029100,000100,000
3.91% series B senior notes, due June 2031100,000100,000
3.97% senior notes, due June 2032100,000
7.8% debentures, due June 2027100,000100,000
6.625% senior notes, due May 2037124,102124,040
Less: unamortized debt issuance costs3,3342,798
Total long-term debt990,768691,242
Less: current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt, less current portion$990,768$691,242

Principal payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, based on the maturity dates defined within our debt arrangements, for each of the next five fiscal years are as follows: fiscal 2023, $0.0 million; fiscal 2024, $0.0 million; fiscal 2025, $37.0 million; fiscal 2026, $263.0 million; fiscal 2027, $270.0 million; and after fiscal 2027, $425.0 million. Interest payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, assuming no prepayments of indebtedness, for each of the next five fiscal years are as follows: fiscal 2023, $47.2 million; fiscal 2024, $47.2 million; fiscal 2025, $46.7 million; fiscal 2026, $44.8 million; fiscal 2027, $28.3 million; and after fiscal 2027, $125.8 million. Interest on variable rate debt was calculated using the interest rate as of October 31, 2022.

The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness are described in Note 6, Indebtedness, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We are in compliance with our debt covenants and other requirements of our revolving credit facility and term loan credit agreements, indentures and private placement note purchase agreements.

40

Table of Contents

Capital Structure

The following table details the components of our capital structure and debt-to-capitalization ratio (in millions, except percentage data):

October 3120222021
Long-term debt$990.8$691.2
Stockholders' equity$1,351.7$1,151.1
Debt-to-capitalization ratio42.3%37.5%

Our debt-to-capitalization ratio increased in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021 primarily due to higher outstanding indebtedness as a result of incremental borrowing to fund the Intimidator acquisition, partially offset by higher stockholders' equity in fiscal 2022 compared to fiscal 2021 as a result of higher net earnings and decreased repurchases of our common stock under our Board authorized repurchase program, partially offset by increased cash dividend payments on shares of our common stock.

Cash Dividends

In each quarter of fiscal 2022, our Board of Directors declared a common stock cash dividend of $0.30 per share, which was a 14.3 percent increase over our common stock cash dividend of $0.2625 per share paid each quarter in fiscal 2021. On December 13, 2022, our Board of Directors increased our fiscal 2023 first quarter common stock cash dividend by 13.3 percent to $0.34 per share. Future common stock cash dividends will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Share Repurchases

Our Board authorized stock repurchase program provides shares for use in connection with our stock-based compensation plans, among other uses, and has no expiration. The following table provides information with respect to repurchases of our common stock during the past two fiscal years (in millions, except share and per share data):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120222021
Shares of Board authorized common stock purchased1,525,8562,989,794
Cost to repurchase common stock$140.0$302.3
Average price paid per share$91.75$101.10

As of October 31, 2022, 2,526,606 shares remained available for repurchase under our Board authorized stock repurchase program. On December 13, 2022, our Board of Directors approved a 5,000,000 share increase in the number of shares available for repurchase under our repurchase program. We currently expect to continue share repurchases in fiscal 2023, depending on our cash balance, debt repayments, common stock price and other market conditions, our anticipated working capital needs, and/or other factors.

Customer Financing Arrangements

Inventory Financing

We are party to inventory financing arrangements with Red Iron, HCFC, and other third-party financial institutions (collectively, the "financial institutions") which provide inventory financing to certain dealers and distributors of certain of our products in the U.S. and internationally. These financing arrangements are structured as an advance in the form of a payment by the financial institutions to us on behalf of a distributor or dealer with respect to invoices financed by the financial institution. These payments extinguish the obligation of the dealer or distributor to make payment to us under the terms of the applicable invoice.

Under separate agreements between the financial institutions and the dealers and distributors, the financial institutions provide loans to the dealers and distributors for the advances paid by the financial institutions to us. Under these financing arrangements, down payments are not required, and depending on the finance program for each product line, finance charges are incurred by us, shared between us and the distributor and/or the dealer, or paid by the distributor or dealer. The financial institutions retain a security interest in the distributors' and dealers' financed inventories and such inventories are monitored regularly through audits. Financing terms to the distributors and dealers require payment as the inventory, which secures the indebtedness, is sold to end-users or when payment otherwise become due under the agreements between the financial institutions and the distributors and dealers, whichever occurs first. Rates are generally indexed to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"), or an alternative variable rate, plus a fixed percentage that differs based on whether the financing is for a distributor or dealer. Rates may also vary based on the product that is financed.

The net amount of receivables financed for dealers and distributors under the arrangement with Red Iron during fiscal 2022 and 2021 was $2,627.5 million and $2,282.6 million, respectively. The total amount of net receivables outstanding under the arrangement with Red Iron as of October 31, 2022 and 2021 was $776.1 million and $420.5 million, respectively. The total amount of receivables due from Red Iron to us as of October 31, 2022 and 2021 were $17.7 million and $31.0 million, respectively.

The net amount of receivables financed for dealers and distributors under the arrangements with HCFC and the other third-party financial institutions during fiscal 2022 and 2021 was $633.5 million and $460.5 million, respectively. As of October 31, 2022 and 2021, $220.0 million and $151.5 million, respectively, of receivables financed by HCFC and the other third-party financial institutions were outstanding.

Inventory Repurchase Agreements

We have entered into a limited inventory repurchase agreement with Red Iron and HCFC under which we have agreed to repurchase certain repossessed products, up to a

41

Table of Contents

maximum aggregate amount of $7.5 million in a calendar year.

Additionally, as a result of our floor plan financing agreements with the other third-party financial institutions, we have also entered into inventory repurchase agreements with the other third-party financial institutions. Under such inventory repurchase agreements, we have agreed to repurchase products repossessed by the other third-party financial institutions. As of October 31, 2022 and 2021, we were contingently liable to repurchase up to a maximum amount of $80.0 million and $96.8 million, respectively, of inventory related to receivables under these inventory repurchase agreements.

Our financial exposure under these inventory repurchase agreements is limited to the difference between the amount paid to Red Iron, HCFC or other third-party financing institutions for repurchases of inventory and the amount received upon subsequent resale of the repossessed product. We have repurchased immaterial amounts of inventory pursuant to such arrangements over the past three fiscal years. However, a decline in retail sales or financial difficulties of our distributors or dealers could cause this situation to change and thereby require us to repurchase financed product, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

We continue to provide financing in the form of open account terms directly to home centers and mass retailers, general line irrigation dealers, certain domestic and international distributors and dealers other than the Canadian distributors and dealers to whom Red Iron or other third-party financing institutions provide financing arrangements, ag-irrigation dealers and distributors, government customers, and rental companies.

End-User Financing

We have agreements with third-party financing companies to provide financing options to end-customers throughout the world. The purpose of these agreements is to provide end-users of our products alternative financing options when purchasing our products. We have no material contingent liabilities for residual value or credit collection risk under these agreements with third-party financing companies.

From time to time, we enter into agreements where we provide recourse to third-party finance companies in the event of default by the customer for financing payments to the third-party finance company. We may recover a portion of any required recourse payments incurred under these agreements from repossession and resale of the equipment collateralizing the receivables. Our maximum exposure for credit collection under those arrangements as of October 31, 2022 and 2021 was $8.6 million and $11.4 million, respectively.

Termination or any material change to the terms of our end-user financing arrangements, availability of credit for our customers, including any delay in securing replacement credit sources, or significant financed product repurchase

requirements could have a material adverse impact on our future operating results.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We have provided non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We use these non-GAAP financial measures in making operating decisions and assessing liquidity because we believe they provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our core operational performance and cash flows, as a measure of our liquidity, and provide us with a better understanding of how to allocate resources to both ongoing and prospective business initiatives. Additionally, these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate our internal comparisons to both our historical operating results and to our competitors' operating results by factoring out potential differences caused by charges and benefits not related to our regular, ongoing business, including, without limitation, certain non-cash, large, and/or unpredictable charges and benefits; acquisitions and dispositions; legal judgments, settlements, or other matters; and tax positions.

We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. The non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similar measures used by other companies.

42

Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Performance Measures

The following table provides a reconciliation of financial performance measures calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP to the most directly comparable non-GAAP financial performance measures for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2022 and 2021 (In thousands, except per share and percentage data):

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2022October 31, 2021
Gross profit$1,504,596$1,338,492
Acquisition-related costs11,650
Adjusted gross profit$1,506,246$1,338,492
Gross margin33.3%33.8%
Acquisition-related costs10.1%%
Adjusted gross margin33.4%33.8%
Operating earnings$575,663$518,280
Acquisition-related costs14,000
Litigation settlements, net2(11,325)
Adjusted operating earnings$579,663$506,955
Earnings before income taxes$552,546$499,818
Acquisition-related costs14,000
Litigation settlements, net2(11,325)
Adjusted earnings before income taxes$556,546$488,493
Net earnings$443,342$409,880
Acquisition-related costs13,177
Litigation settlements, net2(9,022)
Tax impact of stock-based compensation3(2,303)(8,185)
Adjusted net earnings$444,216$392,673
Net earnings per diluted share$4.20$3.78
Acquisition-related costs10.03
Litigation settlements, net2(0.08)
Tax impact of stock-based compensation3(0.03)(0.08)
Adjusted net earnings per diluted share$4.20$3.62
Effective tax rate19.8%18.0%
Tax impact of stock-based compensation30.4%1.6%
Adjusted effective tax rate20.2%19.6%

1    On January 13, 2022, we completed our acquisition of Intimidator. Acquisition-related costs for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2022 represent transaction and integration costs incurred in connection with the acquisition. No acquisition-related costs were incurred for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021. For additional information regarding this acquisition, refer to Note 2, Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2    On November 19, 2020, Exmark Manufacturing Company Incorporated ("Exmark"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of TTC, and Briggs & Stratton Corporation ("BGG") entered into a settlement agreement ("Settlement Agreement") relating to the decade-long patent infringement litigation that Exmark originally filed in May 2010 against Briggs & Stratton Power Products Group, LLC ("BSPPG"), a former wholly-owned subsidiary of BGG (Case No.

8:10CV187, U.S. District Court for the District of Nebraska) (the "Infringement Action"). The Settlement Agreement provided, among other things, that upon approval by the bankruptcy court, and such approval becoming final and nonappealable, BGG agreed to pay Exmark $33.65 million ("Settlement Amount"). During January 2021, the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Settlement Amount was received by Exmark in connection with the settlement of the Infringement Action and at such time, the underlying events and contingencies associated with the gain contingency related to the Infringement Action were satisfied. As such, we recognized in SG&A expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings during the first quarter of fiscal 2021 (i) the gain associated with the Infringement Action and (ii) a corresponding expense related to the contingent fee arrangement with our external legal counsel customary in patent infringement cases equal to approximately 50 percent of the Settlement Amount. Additionally, during the third quarter of fiscal 2021, we recorded a charge related to a legal settlement for a series of ongoing patent infringement disputes within SG&A expense in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Accordingly, litigation settlements, net represents the net amount recorded for the settlement of the Infringement Action and the charge incurred for the settlement of the patent infringement disputes. Refer to the headings titled "Litigation" and "Litigation Settlement" within Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the settlement of the Infringement Action.

3    The accounting standards codification guidance governing employee stock-based compensation requires that any excess tax deduction for stock-based compensation be immediately recorded within income tax expense. Employee stock-based compensation activity, including the exercise of stock options, can be unpredictable and can significantly impact our net earnings, net earnings per diluted share, and effective tax rate. These amounts represent the discrete tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2022 and 2021.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Liquidity Measures

We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant and equipment. Free cash flow conversion percentage represents free cash flow as a percentage of net earnings. We consider free cash flow and free cash flow conversion percentage to be non-GAAP liquidity measures that provide useful information to management and investors about our ability to convert net earnings into cash resources that can be used to pursue opportunities to enhance shareholder value, fund ongoing and prospective business initiatives, and strengthen our Consolidated Balance Sheets, after reinvesting in necessary capital expenditures required to maintain and grow our business.

43

Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to free cash flow and free cash flow conversion percentage for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021 (In thousands, except percentage data):

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2022October 31, 2021
Net cash provided by operating activities$297,172$555,469
Less: Purchases of property, plant and equipment143,478104,012
Free cash flow153,694451,457
Net earnings$443,342$409,880
Free cash flow conversion percentage34.7%110.1%

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, we must make decisions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and the assumptions on which to base accounting estimates. In reaching such decisions, we apply judgment based on our understanding and analysis of the relevant circumstances, historical experience, and actuarial and other independent external third-party specialist valuations, when applicable. As a result, actual amounts could differ from those estimated at the time the Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Some of those significant accounting policies require us to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments or estimates. An accounting estimate is considered to be critical if it meets both of the following criteria: (i) the estimate requires assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain and susceptible to change at the time the accounting estimate is made and different estimates reasonably could have been used and (ii) changes in the estimate may have a material impact on the presentation of our Financial Condition or Results of Operations. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include the following:

Sales Promotions and Incentives

We recognize revenues based on the transaction price of the good or service sold to our customers, which is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring product or rendering services pursuant to the terms of the contract with a customer. The amount of consideration we receive and the revenue we recognize varies with changes in the variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs offered to customers that are determined to represent price concessions. The estimated expense of each

sales promotion and incentive program is classified and recorded as a reduction from gross sales or as a component of SG&A expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings when revenue is recognized, depending on the nature of the respective program. Generally, the cost of a program is recorded as a reduction from gross sales when revenue is recognized and thus is considered to be variable consideration if the expense is determined to represent a price concession because the program either: (i) results in an immediate reduction of the transaction price with no anticipated future costs or consideration to be provided to the customer or (ii) we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice for which we do not receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program. In other circumstances, the anticipated future cost of a program based on historical or expected future business practice is recorded as SG&A expense because we receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program.

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a reduction from gross sales are as follows:

•Off-Invoice Discounts: Our off-invoice discounts represent an immediate reduction in the selling price of our products that is realized at the time of sale with no anticipated future cost or consideration provided to the customer.

•Rebate Programs: Our rebate programs are generally based on claims submitted from either our direct customers or end-users of our products or are based on our purchase or retail sales goals for our direct customers of certain quantities or mixes of product during a specified time period, depending upon the program. The amount of the rebate varies based on the specific program and is either a dollar amount or a percentage of the purchase price and can also be based on actual retail price as compared to our selling price. Consideration is typically provided to our customers for our rebate programs after the initial sale of our products to our direct customers and thus, there is generally an anticipated future cost at the time revenue is recognized based on historical and expected future business practice.

•Financing Programs: Our financing programs consist of wholesale floor plan financing with Red Iron and separate third-party financial institutions and end-user retail financing. Costs incurred for wholesale floor plan financing programs represent financing costs associated with programs under which we share the expense of financing distributor and dealer inventories through third-party financing arrangements for a specific period of time. This charge represents interest for a pre-established length of time based on a predefined rate from the contract between the company and Red Iron or the separate third-party financial institution to finance distributor and dealer inventory purchases. End-user

44

Table of Contents

retail financing is similar to floor planning with the difference being that retail financing programs are offered to end-user customers under which we, at our discretion, may pay a portion of interest costs on behalf of end-users for financing purchases of our equipment.

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are not considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a component of SG&A expense are as follows:

•Commissions Paid to Distributors and Dealers: For certain products, we use a distribution network of distributors and dealers that purchase and take possession of products for sale to the end customer. We also have dealers and distributors that act as sales agents for us on certain products using a direct-selling type model. Under this direct-selling type model, our network of distributors and dealers facilitates a sale directly to the dealer or end-user customer on our behalf. Commissions to distributors and dealers in these instances represent commission payments to sales agents that are also our customers. In addition, TTC dealers are often paid a commission to set up and deliver riding product purchased at certain mass retailers and home centers.

•Cooperative Advertising: Cooperative advertising programs are based on advertising costs incurred by distributors and dealers for promoting our products. We support a portion of those advertising costs in which claims are submitted by the distributor or dealer along with evidence of the advertising material procured/produced and evidence of the cost incurred in the form of third-party invoices or receipts.

Regardless of classification of the cost of the sales promotion and incentive program within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, we record an accrual within the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the estimated future expense of certain of our sales promotion and incentive programs for which we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice by using the expected value method and applying the portfolio approach practical expedient under the accounting standards codification guidance for revenue from contracts with customers. Under such approach, our determination of variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs is primarily based on the terms of the sales arrangements and sales promotion and incentive programs with customers, historical payment and rebate claims experience, field inventory levels, quantity or mix of products purchased, forecasted sales volumes, types of programs offered, and expectations for the acceptance of sales promotion and incentive programs offered in the future or changes in other relevant trends.

Of our sales promotion and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration, our off-invoice discounts and financing programs are less subject to complex judgment or estimates as compared to our rebate programs, which are subject to a more significant level of estimation

uncertainty as they require inputs and assumptions that are more susceptible to change or subjectivity. Specifically, our rebate programs are primarily sensitive to fluctuations in historical payment and rebate claims experience as compared to actual realized payment and rebate claims, field inventory levels, and forecasted wholesale and retail sales volumes and the quantity or mix of products.

Adjustments to sales promotions and incentive accruals are made from time to time as actual usage becomes known in order to properly estimate the amounts necessary to generate consumer demand based on market conditions as of the balance sheet date. As of October 31, 2022, we had recorded an accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs of $123.9 million within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs is adequate as of October 31, 2022 and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process, actual results may differ from these estimates if competitive factors dictate the need to enhance or modify sales promotion and incentive programs or if customer usage, product mix, or field inventory levels vary from historical trends.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is initially recognized as a result of the excess of purchase consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination and indefinite-lived intangible assets are initially recognized at their estimated fair values as a result of a business combination or asset acquisition. As of October 31, 2022, our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset balances, which consist of certain trade names, were $583.3 million and $289.4 million, respectively. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested at least annually for impairment during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred prior to our annual assessment. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level and test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the individual indefinite-lived intangible asset or asset group level, as appropriate. A reporting unit is an operating segment or, under certain circumstances, a component of an operating segment that constitutes a business, has available discrete financial information, and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by management. We combine and aggregate components of an operating segment as a single reporting unit if the components have similar economic characteristics. Our 12 reporting units are the same as our 12 operating segments as defined in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Nine of our reporting units contained goodwill on their respective balance sheets as of October 31, 2022.

Our impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from our impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets; however, for both types of assets we may elect to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether

45

Table of Contents

changes in events or circumstances since our most recent quantitative test for impairment indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit or the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is less than its respective carrying amount. For both types of assets, we have an unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, and proceed directly to performing the respective quantitative analysis. If elected, in conducting the initial qualitative assessment, we analyze our most recent estimates of the fair value of each reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, by assessing actual and projected growth trends for operating results, as well as historical operating results versus planned performance. Additionally, each reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is assessed for critical areas that may impact its business or brand and operating performance, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors such as commodities and component parts and labor, changes in competition and technology such as new or discontinued products, changes in management or key personnel and business or brand strategy, market-related exposures such as fluctuations in our company's market capitalization and share price, and/or any other potential risks to operating performance, such as regulatory and environmental changes or otherwise, all as applicable. We also assess for changes in the composition or carrying value of a reporting unit's net assets. All assumptions and estimates used in the qualitative assessment require significant judgment. If, after evaluating the weight of the changes in events and circumstances, both positive and negative, we conclude that an impairment of goodwill or an indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, may exist, a quantitative test for impairment is performed. During fiscal 2022, we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment for all of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets, or asset groups, and proceed directly to performing the respective quantitative analyses.

If performed due to identified impairment indicators under the qualitative assessment or our election to bypass the qualitative assessment and move directly to the quantitative analysis, the quantitative impairment analysis for both goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles assets is conducted under the income approach. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets using the present value of future cash flows. Assumptions utilized in determining fair value under the income approach, such as forecasted operating results, terminal growth rates, and weighted-average cost of capital ("WACC") or discount rates, are consistent with internal projections and operating plans. Materially different assumptions regarding future performance of our businesses and brands, terminal growth rates, and/or WACC or discount rate could result in impairment losses and such losses could be material.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, we performed our annual quantitative goodwill impairment test, which is a one-

step process. In performing the quantitative analysis, we compare the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, to its fair value. The carrying amount of each reporting unit is determined based on the amount of equity required for the reporting unit's activities, considering the specific assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. We do not assign corporate assets and liabilities to reporting units that do not relate to the operations of the reporting unit or are not considered in determining the fair value of the reporting unit.

Our estimate of the fair value of our reporting units under the income approach requires the use of significant judgment regarding the selection of various inputs and assumptions, including projected operating results and growth rates from our forecasting process, applicable tax rates, estimated capital expenditures and depreciation, estimated changes in working capital, terminal growth rates applied to projected operating results in the terminal period, and a WACC rate. These inputs and assumptions, which are independently determined and vary for each reporting unit, are based on historical experience, our projections of future operating results and contemplate current and future business, industry, and economic conditions, as well as relevant observable market inputs and consideration of risk regarding future performance for purposes of determining the WACC and terminal growth rates. The WACC rate selected is commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective reporting unit and in our projected operating results and is calculated based on weighted average returns on debt and equity from guideline public companies. Therefore, changes in the market that are beyond our control and that impact our guideline public companies may have an adverse effect on our future calculations of the estimated fair values of our reporting units. Terminal growth rates are generally determined based on economic and industry growth expectations, while also considering the lifecycle stage of each respective reporting unit. Where available, and as appropriate, comparable EBITDA and revenue multiples are derived from the market prices of stocks of guideline public companies and are used to assist in developing an estimated business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach to corroborate our determination of the estimated fair values of our reporting units under the income approach. Identifying appropriate guideline public companies for purposes of computing estimated market multiples and selecting an appropriate WACC rate is subjective. We select guideline public companies that are engaged in the same or similar lines of business and that have reasonably similar qualitative factors as our reporting units, while also considering relevant quantitative factors such as profitability and market capitalization, where applicable. As a final corroboratory step, we reconcile the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units resulting from the income approach to our company's market capitalization.

If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by

46

Table of Contents

which the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Based on the quantitative goodwill impairment analysis, which was also performed in prior fiscal years, we determined there was no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2022 for any of our reporting units as the fair value of each reporting unit, excluding Intimidator, exceeded its respective carrying value, including goodwill, in excess of 100 percent. For the Intimidator reporting unit, the current fair value is inherently closer to its carrying value given the proximity to the acquisition on January 13, 2022. However, given the conservative assumptions used in our impairment analysis, the success of the ongoing integration activities and Intimidator's post-acquisition performance in line with acquisition projections, we have determined there was no impairment of the Intimidator reporting unit goodwill since its fair value exceeds its carrying value. We also performed sensitivity analyses on the key inputs and assumptions used in determining the estimated fair value of our reporting units under the discounted cash flow model under the income approach by utilizing more conservative assumptions that reflect reasonably likely future changes in the terminal growth rate and WACC rate. The WACC rate was increased by 80 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units. The terminal growth rate was decreased by 110 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units.

Individual indefinite-lived intangible assets, or asset groups, are quantitatively tested for impairment by comparing the carrying amounts of the respective asset, or asset group, to its estimated fair value determined under the income approach. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2022, we performed a quantitative impairment analysis for our indefinite-lived intangible assets. Our estimate of the fair value for an indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is determined under the relief from royalty method under the income approach and uses various inputs and assumptions, including projected revenues from our forecasting process, assumed royalty rates that could be payable if we did not own the intangible asset, terminal growth rates applied to forecasted revenues, and a discount rate. These inputs and assumptions contemplate business, industry, and overall economic conditions, as well as relevant market data for royalty rates of similar intangible assets. Based on our quantitative impairment analysis, which was also performed in prior fiscal years, we conclude that our indefinite-lived intangible assets were not impaired during fiscal 2022 as the estimated fair value of each of our material indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded its carrying value, in excess of 25 percent. We also performed sensitivity analyses on the key inputs and assumptions used in determining the estimated fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets under the relief from royalty model by utilizing more conservative assumptions that reflect reasonably likely future changes in the royalty rate and discount rate. The discount rate was increased by 200 basis

points with no impairment indicated for any of our material indefinite-lived intangible assets. The royalty rate was decreased by 80 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our material indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Determining the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets, or asset groups, requires considerable judgment and such estimate are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions. As a result, there can be no assurance that the inputs and assumptions made for purposes of our annual impairment assessments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Certain events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the underlying key inputs and assumptions ultimately affect the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets, and may require us to assess for impairment on an interim basis. Such events or circumstances could include a decrease in expected future operating results and the related cash flows; adverse economic, market, and industry conditions, including unfavorable impacts on our guideline public companies used in determining our WACC rate and the business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach; prolonged periods of unfavorable weather conditions; changes in regulatory conditions impacting our products and industries; a continued volatile supply chain environment and/or additional increases in the costs of commodities, component parts, and labor; lack of customer acceptance of new or innovative technologies; increased competition; and other factors. While our annual impairment assessment in fiscal 2022 supported the carrying amount of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, we may be required to re-evaluate the carrying amount in future periods utilizing different inputs and assumptions that reflect the then current market conditions and expectations regarding our operating performance, which may result in a future impairment that could be material.

Product Warranty Guarantees

Our products are warranted to provide assurance that the product will function as expected and to ensure customer confidence in design, workmanship, and overall quality. Warranty coverage on our products is generally provided for specified periods of time and on select products' hours of usage, and generally covers parts, labor, and other expenses for non-maintenance repairs. Warranty coverage generally does not cover operator abuse or improper use. In addition to the standard warranties offered on our products, we also sell separately priced extended warranty coverage on select products for a prescribed period after the original warranty period expires.

At the time of sale, we recognize expense and record a warranty accrual by product line for estimated costs in connection with forecasted future warranty claims. Our estimate of the cost of future warranty claims is based primarily on the estimated number of products under warranty, historical average costs incurred to service warranty claims, the trend in the historical ratio of warranty

47

Table of Contents

claims to sales, and the historical length of time between the sale and resulting warranty claim. If applicable, historical claims experience may be adjusted for known product design improvements or for the impact of unusual product quality issues. We periodically assess the adequacy of our warranty accruals based on changes in our estimates and assumptions and record any necessary adjustments if the cost of actual claim experience differs from our estimate and indicates that adjustments to our warranty accrual are necessary. Factors that could have an impact on actual future claims and our warranty accrual include, but are not limited to, items such as performance of new products; product failure rates; factors impacting product usage, such as weather; changes in sales volumes and shifts in product mix; manufacturing quality and product design issues, including significant manufacturing or design defects not discovered until after the product is delivered to customers; the extent of customers affected by the product failure; higher or lower than expected service and component part costs to satisfactorily address the repair, and upon rare occasion, changes to the warranty coverage periods. Additionally, from time to time, we also establish warranty accruals for our estimate of the costs necessary to settle major rework campaigns on a product-specific basis during the period in which the circumstances giving rise to the major rework campaign become known and when the costs to satisfactorily address the situation are both probable and estimable. The warranty accrual for the cost of a major rework campaign is primarily based on an estimate of the cost to repair each affected unit and the number of affected units expected to be repaired.

We believe that our analysis of historical warranty claim trends and knowledge of potential manufacturing and/or product design improvements or issues provide sufficient information to establish a reasonable estimate for the cost of future warranty claims at the time of sale and our warranty accruals as of the date of our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our $134.5 million warranty accrual as of October 31, 2022 is adequate and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process, including forecasting future warranty claims, costs associated with servicing future warranty claims, and unexpected major rework campaigns that may arise in the future, our actual warranty costs incurred may differ from our warranty accrual estimate. An unexpected increase in warranty claims and/or in the costs associated with servicing those claims would result in an increase in our warranty accruals and a decrease in our net earnings.

Inventory Valuation

Approximately half of our inventories are valued at the lower of the cost of inventory or net realizable value, with cost determined by either the first-in, first-out or average cost method. Other inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined under the last-in, first-out method. As needed, we record an inventory valuation adjustment for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory that is equal to the excess of the cost of the inventory over the

estimated net realizable value or market value for the inventory depending on inventory costing method. The inventory valuation adjustment to net realizable value or market value establishes a new cost basis of the inventory that cannot be subsequently reversed. Such inventory valuation adjustments for excess, obsolete, and slow moving inventory are not reduced or removed until the product is sold or disposed of.

In developing inventory valuation adjustments for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory, we are required to use judgment and make estimates of future sales demand and production requirements compared with current inventory levels. Our estimate of forecasted sales demand and production requirements is primarily based on actual orders received, historical demand, technological and product life cycle changes, product pricing, economic trends, and competitive factors, such as market and pricing trends for similar products. Although we believe our inventory valuation reserve for excess, slow-moving, and obsolete inventory is adequate at $38.7 million as of October 31, 2022, forecasting sales demand and production requirements involves significant management judgment regarding future events. Future events that could significantly influence our judgments and related estimates include general economic conditions within the specific markets in which we operate, changes in demand for our products and customer preference, price fluctuations, and actions of our competitors, including the introduction of new products, technological advances, and pricing changes. Forecasted sales demand and production requirements can also be affected by the significant redesign of our existing products or the replacement of an existing product by an entirely new generation of product. It is possible that an unfavorable adjustment to our inventory valuation adjustment for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory may be required in the future if there is a change in any of the aforementioned factors that adversely impacts our estimates of future demand for our products and we do not adjust our purchases or production schedule accordingly.

Business Combinations

When applicable, we account for the acquisition of a business in accordance with the accounting standards codification guidance for business combinations, whereby the total consideration transferred is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, when applicable, based on their respective estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.

Assigning estimated fair values to the net assets acquired requires the use of significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions regarding the fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. While the ultimate responsibility for determining estimated fair values of the acquired net assets resides with management, for material

48

Table of Contents

acquisitions we may retain the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning estimated fair values to certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. Estimated fair values of acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment are generally based on available historical information, future expectations, available market data, and assumptions determined to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain with respect to future events, including economic conditions, competition, technological obsolescence, the useful life of the acquired assets, and other factors. These significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions include, when applicable, the selection of an appropriate valuation method depending on the nature of the respective asset, such as the income approach, the market or sales comparison approach, or the cost approach; estimating future cash flows based on projected revenues and/or margins that we expect to generate subsequent to the acquisition; applying an appropriate discount rate to estimate the present value of those projected cash flows we expect to generate; selecting an appropriate terminal growth rate and/or royalty rate or estimating a customer attrition or technological obsolescence factor where necessary and appropriate given the nature of the respective asset; assigning an appropriate contributory asset charge where needed; determining an appropriate useful life and the related depreciation or amortization method for the respective asset; and assessing the accuracy and completeness of other historical financial metrics of the acquiree used as standalone inputs or as the basis for determining estimated projected inputs such as margins, customer attrition, and costs to hold and sell product.

In determining the estimated fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, we typically utilize the income approach, which discounts the projected future cash flows using a discount rate that appropriately reflects the risks associated with the projected cash flows. Generally, we estimate the fair value of acquired trade names using the relief from royalty method under the income approach, which is based on the hypothetical royalty stream that would be received if we were to license the acquired trade name. For most other acquired intangible assets, we estimate fair value using the excess earnings method under the income approach, which is typically applied when cash flows are not directly generated by the asset, but rather, by an operating group that includes the particular asset. In certain instances, particularly in relation to developed technology or patents, we may utilize the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective intangible asset and the recency of the development or procurement of such technology. The useful lives and amortization methods for the acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill are generally determined based on the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the acquired intangible assets and the nature of the use of the respective acquired intangible asset, adjusted as appropriate

for entity-specific factors including legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, and/or other factors such as customer attrition rates and product or order lifecycles that may limit the useful life of the respective acquired intangible asset. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired inventory, we typically utilize the cost approach for raw materials and the sales comparison approach for work in process, finished goods, and service parts. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired property, plant, and equipment, we typically utilize the sales comparison approach or the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective asset and the recency of the construction or procurement of such asset.

We may refine the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, if necessary, over a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition by taking into consideration new information about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known as of the date of acquisition, would have affected the estimated fair values ascribed to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the estimated useful life and depreciation or amortization method of each asset, can materially impact the net earnings of the periods subsequent to an acquisition through depreciation and amortization, and in certain instances through impairment charges, if the asset becomes impaired in the future. During the measurement period, any purchase price allocation changes that impact the carrying value of goodwill will affect any measurement of goodwill impairment taken during the measurement period, if applicable. If necessary, purchase price allocation revisions that occur outside of the measurement period are recorded within cost of sales or selling, general and administrative expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings depending on the nature of the adjustment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the sections entitled "New Accounting Pronouncements Adopted" and "New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted."

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000737758-21-000030.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2021-12-17. Report date: 2021-10-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") is intended to provide a reader of our Consolidated Financial Statements with a narrative from the perspective of management on our Financial Condition, Results of Operations, Liquidity, and certain other factors that may affect our future results. Our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all references in this MD&A to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements can be found in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Unless expressly stated otherwise, the comparisons presented in this MD&A refer to the year-over-year comparison of changes in our Financial Condition and Results of Operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020. Discussion of fiscal 2019 items and the year-over-year comparison of changes in our Financial Condition and Results of Operations as of and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020 and 2019 can be found in Part II, Item 7, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020. Statements that are not historical are forward-looking and involve risks and uncertainties, including those discussed in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risks and uncertainties could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested throughout this MD&A.

Our MD&A is presented as follows:

•Company Overview

•Results of Operations

•Business Segments

•Financial Position

•Non-GAAP Financial Measures

•Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Throughout this MD&A, we have provided financial measures that are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP ("non-GAAP financial measures"), as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures, however, should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative

to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A.

COMPANY OVERVIEW

General

The Toro Company is in the business of designing, manufacturing, marketing, and selling professional turf maintenance equipment and services; turf irrigation systems; landscaping equipment and lighting products; snow and ice management products; ag-irrigation systems; rental, specialty, and underground construction equipment; and residential yard and snow thrower products. Our purpose is to help our customers enrich the beauty, productivity, and sustainability of the land. Sustainability is the foundation of our enterprise strategic priorities of accelerating growth, driving productivity and operational excellence, and empowering our people, and our focus on alternative power, smart connected, and autonomous solutions are embedded as part of our "Sustainability Endures" strategy. Our Sustainability Endures strategy also provides transparency on our continued efforts to address sustainability-focused matters, including ESG priorities.

We sell our products worldwide through a network of distributors, dealers, mass retailers, hardware retailers, equipment rental centers, home centers, as well as online (direct to end-users). We strive to provide innovative, well-built, and dependable products supported by an extensive service network. A significant portion of our net sales has historically been, and we expect will continue to be, attributable to new and enhanced products. We define new products as those introduced in the current and previous two fiscal years. We classify our operations into two reportable business segments: Professional and Residential, and our remaining activities are presented as "Other" due to their insignificance, as described in greater detail within the section titled "Business Segments" in this MD&A.

Executive Summary

We began fiscal 2021 in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic, which continued to cause many challenges for our business and manufacturing operations. Specifically, COVID-19 was the catalyst for the current challenging global macroeconomic environment that has disrupted the global supply chain and created an inflationary environment throughout fiscal 2021. The impact of COVID-19 on our business is more fully described within the section titled "Impact of COVID-19" in this MD&A. Despite these challenges, we achieved double-digit consolidated net sales growth in fiscal 2021.

Our Professional segment achieved 16.1 percent net sales growth in fiscal 2021 primarily due to a combination of strong demand for most products and strategic pricing actions across our product lines. More specifically, we benefited

34

Table of Contents

from a continued strong rebound in demand for many of the products in our Professional segment businesses that were more adversely impacted by COVID-19 during fiscal 2020. Most notably, our landscape contractor business continued to build upon the momentum generated during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 as we continued to experience strong retail demand from contractors and our channel partners worked to replenish their field inventory levels during fiscal 2021. Additionally, our golf business continued to experience strong demand as golf course investments increased and spending patterns normalized as budgetary constraints moderated. Our rental and specialty construction business also experienced strong demand primarily due to favorable construction industry trends. While the strong demand experienced in our Professional segment was positive, our Professional segment growth was partially offset by a reduction of net sales within our underground construction business driven by supply chain disruptions that resulted in product availability issues that limited our ability to meet the heightened demand for most of our products.

Our Residential segment continued to build on the momentum generated during fiscal 2020 and achieved 23.1 percent net sales growth in fiscal 2021 primarily as a result of strong retail demand across most product lines as a result of new and enhanced products, favorable weather conditions, expanded retail placement, and continued investments by homeowners in their properties. We also achieved net sales growth during fiscal 2021 as a result of strategic pricing actions across our product lines. While the sales growth achieved in our Residential segment was positive, the shift to a greater percentage of Residential segment net sales as a percentage of consolidated net sales has, and may continue to, adversely pressure our consolidated gross margins.

We continued our history of paying quarterly cash dividends throughout fiscal 2021 and increased our fiscal 2021 quarterly cash dividend by 5.0 percent to $0.2625 per share compared to $0.25 per share paid in fiscal 2020. We also resumed repurchasing shares of our common stock, thereby reducing our total shares outstanding. As a result of the combination of quarterly cash dividends and share repurchases, we returned $414.7 million of cash to our shareholders during fiscal 2021. As of October 31, 2021, we had a strong liquidity profile with available liquidity of $1,002.5 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $405.6 million and availability under our revolving credit facility of $596.9 million.

Additionally, our fiscal 2021 results included the following items of significance that are provided in summary format here and described in greater detail throughout the "Results of Operations," "Business Segments," and "Financial Position" sections of this MD&A:

•Consolidated net sales for fiscal 2021 were $3,959.6 million, an increase of 17.2 percent compared to $3,378.8 million in fiscal 2020.

•Professional segment net sales for fiscal 2021 were $2,929.6 million, an increase of 16.1 percent compared to $2,523.5 million in fiscal 2020.

•Residential segment net sales for fiscal 2021 were $1,010.1 million, an increase of 23.1 percent compared to $820.7 million in fiscal 2020.

•Gross margin was 33.8 percent in fiscal 2021 compared to 35.2 percent in fiscal 2020, a decrease of 140 basis points.

•Non-GAAP gross margin was 33.8 percent in fiscal 2021 compared to 35.4 percent in fiscal 2020, a decrease of 160 basis points.

•SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales in fiscal 2021 was 20.7 percent compared to 22.6 percent in fiscal 2020, an improvement of 190 basis points.

•Net earnings for fiscal 2021 were $409.9 million, or $3.78 per diluted share, compared to $329.7 million, or $3.03 per diluted share, in fiscal 2020.

•Non-GAAP net earnings for fiscal 2021 were $392.7 million, or $3.62 per diluted share, compared to $327.7 million, or $3.02 per diluted share, in fiscal 2020.

•Field inventory levels were lower as of the end of fiscal 2021 compared to the end of fiscal 2020 as a result of strong retail demand for our products that exceeded product availability.

Please refer to the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A for reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures.

As we look ahead to fiscal 2022, we currently expect the strong demand environment to continue across both our Professional and Residential segments and benefit our future net sales. We also expect to continue to realize favorable impacts to both our net sales and gross margins as a result of our strategic pricing actions and to our gross margins from our productivity initiatives. However, the current challenging supply chain and inflationary environment is anticipated to continue and adversely impact our gross margins into fiscal 2022 and we anticipate that our quarterly sales cadence during fiscal 2022 will be driven more by our ability to produce product than historical demand patterns and seasonality. We intend to continue our historical practice of prudently managing expenses and adjusting production levels as needed to align with anticipated sales volumes and availability of commodity and component parts inventories, while also prioritizing investments that support long-term sustainable growth across our businesses. However, given our current expectation of continuing supply chain disruptions into fiscal 2022 our ability to effectively and efficiently adjust production levels as needed may be limited.

Power Forward

Despite uncertainty concerning the duration of COVID-19 and its impact on the global economy and supply chains, we continued to embrace employee initiatives aligned with driving defined enterprise financial performance goals. As a result, for fiscal 2021, we implemented a one-year employee

35

Table of Contents

initiative, "Power Forward." This employee initiative was intended to help us drive net sales and operating earnings growth and specifically focused on enterprise-wide financial performance goals of net sales of $3.7 billion and non-GAAP operating earnings of $485.0 million for fiscal 2021. Due to strong business performance, we exceeded both enterprise-wide financial performance goals during fiscal 2021 as we realized $4.0 billion of net sales and $507.0 million of non-GAAP operating earnings.

New Multi-Year Employee Initiative

Our new multi-year employee initiative, "Drive for Five," is intended to align and engage employees on furthering our strategic growth by offering innovative business and product categories to serve our customers. As such, the core focus of this initiative is our goal of exceeding $5.0 billion in net sales through organic growth, while continuing our historical focus on improving profitability, by the end of fiscal 2024. We believe this goal will continue and enhance the innovation and growth momentum for the organization.

Impact of COVID-19

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic. COVID-19 has negatively impacted public health and portions of the global economy, significantly disrupted global supply chains, and created volatility in financial markets. The global impact of the pandemic has had a material impact on parts of our business, as well as our employees, customers, and suppliers, and caused many challenges for our business and manufacturing operations.

Our main focus from the beginning of the pandemic has been, and will continue to be, the health, safety, and well-being of our employees, customers, suppliers and communities around the world. In support of continuing our global manufacturing and business operations, we have adopted, and continue to adhere to, rigorous and meaningful safety measures recommended by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, World Health Organization, and federal, state, local, and foreign authorities in an effort to protect our employees, customers, suppliers, and communities. These important safety measures enacted at our facilities and other sites include implementing social distancing protocols such as the reconfiguration of manufacturing processes and other workspaces, frequent disinfecting of our facilities and workspaces, and providing or accommodating the wearing of face coverings and other sanitary measures at our facilities and sites where face coverings are required by government mandates. During fiscal 2021, we implemented an employee campaign in support of COVID-19 vaccine efforts. This campaign was designed to provide information about, and support and encourage our employees to receive, a COVID-19 vaccination. As part of this campaign, we facilitated offering the vaccine to our employees at certain of our facilities. We expect to continue certain applicable and appropriate safety measures for purposes of our global manufacturing and business operations and we may take further actions as

government authorities require or recommend or as we determine to be in the best interests of our employees, customers, suppliers, and communities.

In addition to our vigilant safety measures, we have also maintained our focus on our responsibility to meet the needs of our customers. While our facilities remained operational during fiscal 2021 and we experienced a lesser degree of intermittent partial or full factory closures due to government mandated measures as compared to fiscal 2020, our manufacturing operations were adversely impacted by the global macroeconomic environment, and more specifically, global supply chain disruptions that limited our ability to procure certain commodities and components parts in a timely manner to meet manufacturing production requirements. As a result, we experienced various degrees of commodity and component parts availability issues, which resulted in manufacturing inefficiencies and limited our ability to meet customer demand and adequately replenish certain raw materials, work in process, and finish goods inventory levels. Additionally, the global macroeconomic environment has resulted in a greater degree of inflationary cost pressures on commodity, component parts, and other related costs during fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020. Although we regularly monitor the adequacy of the supply of commodities, components, parts, and accessories and the financial health of the companies in our supply chain, and use alternative suppliers when necessary and available, financial hardship and/or government mandated restrictions on our suppliers caused by COVID-19, insufficient demand planning, and/or the inability of companies throughout our supply chain to deliver on supply commitments, requirements, and/or demands as a result of COVID-19 or otherwise, has and could continue to cause a disruption in our ability to procure the commodities, components, and parts required to manufacture our products. Ongoing communications continue with our suppliers in an attempt to identify and mitigate such risks and to proactively manage inventory levels of commodities, components, and parts to align with anticipated demand for our products and other government actions.

The continuing implications of COVID-19 on our business and manufacturing operations remain uncertain and will depend on certain future developments, including the duration of the pandemic; any adverse impact due to variants of the virus; its impact on market demand for our products; its impact on the global supply chain; its impact on our employees, customers, and suppliers; the range of government mandated restrictions and other measures; and the success of the deployment of COVID-19 vaccines, their effectiveness against the novel strain and related variants, and their rate of adoption. As a result, the ultimate impact on our future business and manufacturing operations, as well as Results of Operations, Financial Position, and Cash Flows as a result of COVID-19 is unknown at this time. We will continue to monitor the situation and the guidance from global government authorities, as well as federal, state, local and foreign public health authorities, and may take additional

36

Table of Contents

meaningful actions based on their requirements and recommendations in an attempt to protect the health and well-being of our employees, customers, suppliers, and communities. In these circumstances, there may be developments outside our control requiring us to adjust our operating plans and implement appropriate cost reduction measures and such developments could occur rapidly. If the adverse impacts from COVID-19 continue or worsen beyond expectations, our business and related Results of Operations, Financial Position, or Cash Flows could be adversely impacted. Any sustained adverse impacts to our business, the industries in which we operate, market demand for our products, and/or certain suppliers or customers may also affect the future valuation of certain of our assets, and therefore, may increase the likelihood of a charge related to an impairment, write-off, valuation adjustment, allowance, or reserve associated with such assets, including, but not limited to, goodwill, indefinite and finite-lived intangible assets, inventories, accounts receivable, deferred income taxes, right-of-use assets, and property, plant and equipment. Such a charge could be material to our future Results of Operations, Financial Position, or Cash Flows. For additional information regarding risks associated with COVID-19, refer to Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Acquisition of Venture Products

On March 2, 2020, during the second quarter of fiscal 2020, we completed our acquisition of Venture Products, the manufacturer of Ventrac-branded products. Venture Products designs, manufactures, markets, and sells articulating turf, landscape, and snow and ice management equipment for grounds, landscape contractor, golf, municipal, and rural acreage customers and provides innovative product offerings that broadened and strengthened our Professional segment and expanded our dealer network. The acquisition consideration was $163.2 million, of which $24.9 million of cash consideration was paid to the former Venture Products shareholders during fiscal 2021 upon the satisfaction of indemnification and certain other obligations of Venture Products to the company. We funded the acquisition consideration with borrowings under our revolving credit facility and net cash provided by operating activities. Subsequent to the closing date, results of operations for Venture Products have been included within our Professional segment within our Consolidated Financial Statements and had an incremental impact to our Professional segment net sales and segment earnings for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021. For additional information regarding the Venture Products acquisition, refer to Note 2, Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Sales

Consolidated net sales in fiscal 2021 were $3,959.6 million compared to $3,378.8 million in fiscal 2020, an increase of 17.2 percent. This net sales increase was primarily driven by the following factors:

•increased sales of Professional landscape contractor zero-turn riding mowers due to strong retail demand and low field inventory levels at the end of fiscal 2020;

•price increases across our Professional and Residential segment product lines;

•strong retail demand for Residential zero-turn riding and walk power mowers due to new and enhanced products;

•increased shipments of golf equipment and Professional irrigation products as a result of the normalization of golf course spending patterns and course investments; and

•strong demand for rental and specialty construction equipment due to favorable construction industry trends.

The consolidated net sales increase was partially offset by reduced sales of underground construction equipment as a result of supply chain challenges limiting product availability and our ability to meet construction industry demand.

Net sales in international markets were $827.6 million for fiscal 2021 compared to $678.1 million in fiscal 2020, an increase of 22.0 percent. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates resulted in an increase in our net sales of $19.3 million in fiscal 2021. The international net sales increase was primarily driven by increased shipments of golf equipment and irrigation products and strong demand for both Professional and Residential segment zero-turn riding products.

The following table summarizes our Results of Operations as a percentage of our consolidated net sales:

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120212020
Net sales100.0%100.0%
Cost of sales(66.2)(64.8)
Gross margin33.835.2
SG&A expense(20.7)(22.6)
Operating earnings13.112.6
Interest expense(0.7)(1.0)
Other income, net0.20.4
Earnings before income taxes12.612.0
Provision for income taxes(2.2)(2.2)
Net earnings10.4%9.8%

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales and gross margin represents gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Cost of Sales," for a description of expenses included in cost of sales. Gross profit for fiscal 2021 was $1,338.5 million, up 12.5 percent compared to gross profit of $1,189.8 million in fiscal 2020.

37

Table of Contents

Gross margin was 33.8 percent in fiscal 2021 compared to 35.2 percent in fiscal 2020, a decrease of 140 basis points. Non-GAAP gross profit was $1,338.5 million, up 12.0 percent compared to non-GAAP gross profit of $1,194.6 million in fiscal 2020. Non-GAAP gross margin was 33.8 percent in fiscal 2021 compared to 35.4 percent in fiscal 2020, a decrease of 160 basis points. The decrease in gross margin and non-GAAP gross margin in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020 was primarily due to the macroeconomic inflationary environment resulting in higher commodity, component parts, and freight costs. This negative impact was partially offset by the following factors:

•improved net price realization as a result of price increases across our Professional and Residential segment product lines;

•productivity improvements; and

•favorable product mix.

Non-GAAP gross profit and non-GAAP gross margin exclude the impact of acquisition-related costs for our acquisitions of Venture Products and CMW, including charges incurred for the take-down of the inventory fair value step-up amounts resulting from purchase accounting adjustments, and the impact of management actions, including charges incurred for inventory write-downs related to the Toro underground wind down. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A.

Selling, General and Administrative ("SG&A") Expense

SG&A expense increased $56.8 million, or 7.4 percent, in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Selling, General and Administrative Expense" for a description of expenses included in SG&A expense. The SG&A expense rate represents SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales. The SG&A expense rate in fiscal 2021 was 20.7 percent compared to 22.6 percent in fiscal 2020, an improvement of 190 basis points. This SG&A expense rate improvement was primarily the result of leveraging expense over higher sales volumes, which further benefited from a favorable net legal settlement with Briggs & Stratton Corporation.

Interest Expense

Interest expense primarily consists of interest costs incurred on outstanding borrowings related to our fixed and variable interest rate debt arrangements, as well as amortization of the debt issuance costs associated with our debt arrangements. Interest expense for fiscal 2021 decreased $4.5 million compared to fiscal 2020. This decrease was driven by lower average outstanding borrowings under our debt arrangements and lower average interest rates due to reductions in LIBOR rates in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net primarily consists of our proportionate share of income or losses from our Red Iron joint venture, realized foreign currency exchange rate gains and losses, interest and dividend income, gains or losses recognized on actuarial valuation changes for our pension and post-retirement plans, retail financing revenue, and other miscellaneous income. Other income, net for fiscal 2021 was $10.2 million compared to $13.9 million in fiscal 2020, a decrease of $3.7 million. This decrease in other income, net was primarily due to the following factors:

•lower income from our Red Iron joint venture as a result of lower field inventory levels and increased inventory turnover at our channel partners throughout fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020 as a result of strong retail demand for our products that exceeded product availability and

•the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates.

The other income, net decrease was partially offset by a settlement charge incurred for the termination of our U.S. defined benefit pension plan recognized in fiscal 2020 that did not reoccur in fiscal 2021.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 was 18.0 percent compared to 19.0 percent in fiscal 2020. The decrease in the effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 was driven by the following factors:

•increased earnings in more favorable tax jurisdictions,

•one-time adjustments related to prior fiscal years, partially offset by

•decreased tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation.

The non-GAAP effective tax rate for fiscal 2021 was 19.6 percent, compared to a non-GAAP effective tax rate of 20.9 percent in fiscal 2020. The decrease in the non-GAAP effective tax rate or fiscal 2021 was primarily driven by the following factors:

•increased earnings in more favorable tax jurisdictions, and

•one-time adjustments related to prior fiscal years.

The non-GAAP effective tax rate excludes the impact of discrete tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A.

38

Table of Contents

Net Earnings and Net Earnings per Diluted Share

Fiscal 2021 net earnings were $409.9 million compared to $329.7 million in fiscal 2020, an increase of 24.3 percent. Fiscal 2021 diluted net earnings per share were $3.78, an increase of 24.8 percent from $3.03 per diluted share in fiscal 2020. The net earnings increase for fiscal 2021 was primarily driven by the following factors:

•higher sales volumes, which were further benefited from improved net price realization as a result of price increases across our Professional and Residential segment product line and favorable product mix;

•productivity improvements;

•favorable net legal settlements; and

•acquisition-related costs for our acquisitions of Venture Products and CMW recorded in fiscal 2020 that did not repeat in fiscal 2021.

Those favorable net earnings factors were partially offset by the adverse impacts of the macroeconomic inflationary environment, which resulted in higher commodity, component parts, and freight costs.

Non-GAAP net earnings for fiscal 2021 were $392.7 million, or $3.62 per diluted share, compared to $327.7 million, or $3.02 per diluted share, in fiscal 2020, an increase of 19.9 percent per diluted share. The non-GAAP net earnings increase for fiscal 2021 was primarily driven by the following factors:

•higher sales volumes, which were further benefited from improved net price realization as a result of price increases across our Professional and Residential segment product line and favorable product mix, and

•productivity improvements.

Those favorable non-GAAP net earnings factors were partially offset by the adverse impacts of the macroeconomic inflationary environment, which resulted in higher commodity, component parts, and freight costs.

Non-GAAP net earnings and non-GAAP net earnings per diluted share exclude the net impact of certain litigation settlements; the impact of discrete tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation; acquisition-related costs related to our acquisitions of Venture Products and CMW, including charges incurred related to certain purchase accounting adjustments and integration and transaction costs; and management actions, including charges incurred for inventory write-downs related to the Toro underground wind down. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable reported U.S. GAAP financial measures are included in the section titled "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" within this MD&A.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

As more fully described in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, we operate in two reportable business segments: Professional and Residential. Segment earnings for our Professional and Residential reportable segments are defined as earnings from operations plus other income, net. Our remaining activities consisting of our wholly-owned domestic distribution companies, Red Iron joint venture, our corporate activities, and the elimination of intersegment revenues and expenses, are presented as "Other" due to their insignificance. Corporate activities include general corporate expenditures, such as finance, human resources, legal, information services, public relations, business development, and similar activities, as well as other unallocated corporate assets and liabilities, such as corporate facilities and deferred tax assets and liabilities. The following information provides perspective on the net sales and operating results of our reportable business segments' and Other activities.

Professional Segment

Professional segment net sales represented 74.0 percent and 74.7 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following table presents our Professional segment's net sales, earnings, and earnings as a percentage of net sales (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120212020
Net sales$2,929.6$2,523.5
Percentage change from prior year16.1%3.3%
Segment earnings$507.3$426.6
Segment earnings as a percentage of segment net sales17.3%16.9%

Professional Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Professional segment in fiscal 2021 increased 16.1 percent compared to fiscal 2020. This increase was primarily driven by strong demand for many of the products in our portfolio of Professional segment businesses, most notably the Professional segment businesses that were adversely impacted by COVID-19 during fiscal 2020.

Factors driving the Professional segment net sales increase include:

•increased sales of landscape contractor zero-turn riding mowers due to strong retail demand and low field inventory levels at the end of fiscal 2020;

•price increases across our Professional segment product lines;

•increased shipments of golf equipment and irrigation products as a result of the normalization of golf course spending patterns and course investments;

•strong demand for rental and specialty construction equipment due to favorable construction industry trends; and

•incremental net sales as a result of our acquisition of Venture Products and increased sales of such products in fiscal 2021.

39

Table of Contents

The Professional segment net sales increase was partially offset by reduced sales of underground construction equipment as a result of product availability that limited our ability to meet construction industry demand.

Professional Segment Earnings

Professional segment earnings increased 18.9 percent in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020, and when expressed as a percentage of Professional segment net sales, increased to 17.3 percent from 16.9 percent. The following factors positively impacted Professional segment earnings as a percentage of Professional segment net sales for fiscal 2021:

•improved net price realization as a result of price increases across our Professional segment product lines;

•reduced SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales due to leveraging expense over higher sales volumes;

•productivity improvements, including COVID-19-related production downtime in fiscal 2020 that was experienced to a lesser degree in fiscal 2021; and

•favorable product mix.

The Professional segment earnings increase as a percentage of Professional segment net sales was partially offset by the macroeconomic inflationary environment resulting in higher commodity, component parts, and freight costs.

Residential Segment

Residential segment net sales represented 25.5 percent and 24.3 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following table presents our Residential segment's net sales, earnings, and earnings as a percentage of net sales (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120212020
Net sales$1,010.1$820.7
Percentage change from prior year23.1%24.1%
Segment earnings$121.5$113.7
Segment earnings as a percentage of segment net sales12.0%13.8%

Residential Segment Net Sales

Net sales for our Residential segment in fiscal 2021 increased by 23.1 percent compared to fiscal 2020. This increase was primarily driven by growth across most of our product lines, most notably due to the following drivers:

•strong retail demand for zero-turn riding and walk power mowers due to new and enhanced products;

•price increases across our Residential segment product lines;

•increased sales of snow thrower products as a result of favorable weather conditions in key regions during the first half of fiscal 2021, enhanced retail placement, and strong pre-season retail demand; and

•increased sales of our 60V Flex-Force battery-powered home solutions products primarily due to successful new product introductions and enhanced retail placement.

Residential Segment Earnings

Residential segment earnings increased 6.9 percent in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020, and when expressed as a percentage of Residential segment net sales, decreased to 12.0 percent from 13.8 percent. This Residential segment earnings decrease as a percentage of Residential segment net sales was due to the macroeconomic inflationary environment resulting in higher commodity, component parts, and freight costs. The decrease was partially offset by the following items:

•improved net price realization as a result of price increases across our Residential segment product lines;

•productivity improvements, including COVID-19-related production downtime in fiscal 2020 that was experienced to a lesser degree in fiscal 2021;

•reduced SG&A expense as a percentage of net sales due to leveraging expense over higher sales volumes; and

•favorable product mix.

Other Activities

Net sales for our Other activities consist of sales from our wholly-owned domestic distribution companies less intercompany sales from our Professional and Residential business segments to the wholly-owned domestic distribution companies. As further described in Note 7, Management Actions, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, during the first quarter of fiscal 2021, we completed the sale of our Northeastern U.S. distribution company, resulting in us owning only one wholly-owned domestic distribution company during most of fiscal 2021. Net sales for our Other activities represented 0.5 percent and 1.0 percent of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The following table presents net sales and operating loss for our Other activities (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120212020
Net sales$19.9$34.6
Percentage change from prior year(42.5)%3.7%
Operating loss$(129.0)$(133.2)

Other Net Sales

Net sales for our Other activities in fiscal 2021 decreased $14.7 million compared to fiscal 2020, primarily as a result of the sale of our Northeastern U.S. distribution company during the first quarter of fiscal 2021, partially offset by the following factors:

•reduced intercompany sales eliminations for sales from our Professional and Residential segments to our remaining wholly-owned domestic distribution company as a result of the sale of our Northeastern U.S. distribution company and

•increased sales from our remaining wholly-owned domestic distribution company driven by strong retail demand.

40

Table of Contents

Other Operating Loss

Operating loss for our Other activities decreased $4.2 million in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020. This operating loss decrease was primarily driven by the following factors:

•a favorable net legal settlement with Briggs & Stratton Corporation;

•reduced SG&A expense as a result of the sale of our Northeastern U.S. distribution company; and

•reduced interest expense as a result of lower average outstanding borrowings under our debt arrangements and lower average interest rates due to reductions in LIBOR rates in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020.

The operating loss decrease for our Other activities was partially offset by the following items:

•a charge incurred for a legal settlement related to a series of ongoing patent infringement disputes; and

•increased incentive compensation costs as a result of strong business performance.

Refer to Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements within the section entitled "Litigation" for additional information regarding the favorable net legal settlement with Briggs & Stratton Corporation.

FINANCIAL POSITION

Working Capital

Given the challenging macroeconomic environment experienced throughout most of fiscal 2021 that has created supply chain disruption and more specifically, resulted in challenging conditions for sourcing adequate amounts of certain commodity and component parts inventory and, in certain cases, the inability of our suppliers to meet our commodity and component parts demand requirements, our working capital strategy for fiscal 2021 shifted to place primary emphasis on increasing our commodity and component parts inventories in an attempt to hold requisite inventory levels to meet our production requirements, avoid manufacturing delays, and meet the strong demand for our products, as well as attempting to ensure service parts availability for our customers. The following table highlights several key measures of our working capital performance (dollars in millions):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120212020
Average receivables, net$315.3$296.5
Average inventories, net$678.0$705.1
Average accounts payable$407.1$319.5
Average days outstanding for receivables29.132.0
Average inventory turnover (times per fiscal year)3.93.1

As of the end of fiscal 2021, our average net working capital was 14.8 percent compared to 20.2 percent as of the end of fiscal 2020. We calculate our average net working capital as average net accounts receivable plus average net inventory,

less average accounts payable as a percentage of net sales for a twelve month period.

The following factors impacted our average net working capital during fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020:

•Average net receivables increased by 6.3 percent, primarily due to higher sales to channels not financed through our Red Iron joint venture or other third-party floor plan financing arrangements. Our average days outstanding for receivables decreased to 29.1 days in fiscal 2021 compared to 32.0 days in fiscal 2020.

•Average net inventories decreased by 3.8 percent, mainly due to lower finished goods inventories in certain of our Professional segment businesses as a result of strong demand for our products that exceeded product availability. This decrease was partially offset by higher raw materials and work in process inventories in our Residential segment and certain of our Professional segment businesses due to supply chain challenges that prevented the conversion of raw materials and work in process inventories into finished goods.

•Average accounts payable increased by 27.4 percent, mainly due to largely normalized corporate spending activity throughout fiscal 2021 as compared to the lower corporate spending activity in fiscal 2020 as a result of COVID-19.

Cash Flows

Cash flows provided by/(used in) operating, investing, and financing activities during the past two fiscal years are shown in the following table (in millions):

Cash Provided by/ (Used in)
Fiscal Years Ended October 3120212020
Operating activities$555.5$539.4
Investing activities(128.5)(216.1)
Financing activities(503.7)2.4
Effect of exchange rates on cash2.42.4
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents(74.3)328.1
Cash and cash equivalents as of the end of the fiscal period$405.6$479.9

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Our primary source of funds is cash generated from operations. In fiscal 2021, cash provided by operating activities increased by $16.1 million, or 3.0 percent, from fiscal 2020. This increase was primarily due to a greater cash benefit from accounts payable due to largely normalized corporate spending activity and timing of invoice payments, as well as higher net earnings. The increase to cash provided by operating activities was partially offset by more cash utilized for inventory purchases in our Professional and Residential segment businesses as a result of strong demand for our products and timing of component parts purchases and higher accounts receivable as a result of the timing of sales to channels not financed through our Red Iron joint

41

Table of Contents

venture or other third-party floor plan financing arrangements.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Capital expenditures and acquisitions are a significant use of our capital resources. These investments are intended to enable sales growth in new and expanding markets, help us meet product demand, and increase our manufacturing efficiencies and capacity. Cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2021 decreased by $87.6 million from fiscal 2020. This decrease was primarily due to less cash utilized for the fiscal 2021 holdback release for our Venture Products business than was used for the initial cash consideration transferred on the acquisition date during fiscal 2020, as well as cash proceeds received from the fiscal 2021 first quarter sale of our Northeastern U.S. distribution company. The decrease to cash used in investing activities was partially offset by higher cash used for our asset acquisitions of Turflynx, Lda and Left Hand Robotics, Inc. and increased purchases of property, plant and equipment in fiscal 2021 as a result of the cessation of the actions taken in fiscal 2020 to preserve our liquidity position as a result of COVID-19.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2021 was $503.7 million compared to $2.4 million of cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2020. This increase in cash used in financing activities was mainly due to less cash provided by borrowings under our debt arrangements during fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020 and more cash used for repurchases of shares of our common stock under our Board authorized repurchase program as we resumed repurchase activity during fiscal 2021, partially offset by lower cash used for repayments of outstanding indebtedness.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as of the end of fiscal 2021 decreased by $74.3 million compared to the end of fiscal 2020. As of October 31, 2021, cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries were $117.3 million. We consider that $30.9 million of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries are intended to be indefinitely reinvested. Should these cash and cash equivalents be distributed in the future in the form of dividends or otherwise, we may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, state income taxes, and/or additional federal taxes for currency fluctuations. As of October 31, 2021, the unrecognized deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences related to our investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and any withholding, state, or additional federal taxes upon any future repatriation, are not material and have not been recorded.

Capital Expenditures

We make ongoing capital investments in our property, plant, and equipment and believe that our historical capital investments in our manufacturing facilities and other capital assets have increased the production capacity of our operations and enabled us to meet the needs of our

customers. Fiscal 2021 capital expenditures of $104.0 million were $25.9 million higher than fiscal 2020. This increase was primarily due to increased capital investment levels in fiscal 2021 as a result of the cessation of the actions taken in fiscal 2020 to preserve our liquidity position as a result of COVID-19. We anticipate fiscal 2022 capital expenditures in the range of $150.0 million to $175.0 million as we plan to continue to invest in future growth through the expansion of our manufacturing operations and other facilities and capital assets, new product tooling, productivity and automation enhancements in our manufacturing and distribution processes, and continued replacement of production equipment.

Other Long-Term Assets

Other long-term assets as of October 31, 2021 were $1,447.0 million compared to $1,425.6 million as of October 31, 2020, an increase of $21.4 million. This increase was primarily due to an increase in purchases of property, plant, and equipment and an incremental increase of other intangible assets as a result of our asset acquisitions of Turflynx, Lda and Left Hand Robotics, Inc. These increases to other long-term assets were partially offset by depreciation of property, plant and equipment and the amortization of our other intangible assets and right-of-use lease assets during fiscal 2021.

Additionally, included in other long-term assets as of October 31, 2021 was goodwill in the amount of $421.7 million. Based on our annual goodwill impairment analysis, we determined there was no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2021 for any of our reporting units as the fair values of the reporting units exceeded their carrying values, including goodwill.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our businesses are seasonally working capital intensive and require funding for purchases of raw materials used in production, replacement parts inventory, payroll and other administrative costs, capital expenditures, establishment of new facilities, expansion and renovation of existing facilities, as well as for financing receivables from customers that are not financed with Red Iron or other third-party financial institutions. Our accounts receivable balance historically increases between January and April as a result of typically higher sales volumes and extended payment terms made available to our customers, and typically decreases between May and December when payments are received.

We generally fund cash requirements for working capital needs, capital expenditures, contractual obligations, acquisitions, investments, debt repayments, interest payments, quarterly cash dividend payments, and common stock repurchases, all as applicable, through cash provided by operating activities, availability under our revolving credit facility, and in certain instances, other forms of financing arrangements. Our revolving credit facility has been adequate for these purposes, although we have negotiated and completed additional financing arrangements as needed to allow us to complete acquisitions or for other corporate

42

Table of Contents

purposes. We currently believe that our existing liquidity position, including the funds available through existing, and potential future, financing arrangements and forecasted cash flows from operations will be sufficient to provide the necessary capital resources for our anticipated working capital needs, capital expenditures, investments, debt repayments, interest payments, quarterly cash dividend payments, and common stock repurchases, all as applicable, for at least the next twelve months. As of October 31, 2021, we had available liquidity of $1,002.5 million, consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $405.6 million, of which $117.3 million was held by our foreign subsidiaries, and availability under our revolving credit facility of $596.9 million.

Indebtedness

The following is a summary of our indebtedness (in thousands):

October 3120212020
Revolving credit facility$$
$270 million term loan270,000
$200 million term loan100,000
$300 million term loan180,000
$190 million term loan90,000
3.81% series A senior notes100,000100,000
3.91% series B senior notes100,000100,000
7.8% debentures100,000100,000
6.625% senior notes124,040123,978
Less: unamortized discounts, debt issuance costs, and deferred charges2,7982,855
Total long-term debt691,242791,123
Less: current portion of long-term debt99,873
Long-term debt, less current portion$691,242$691,250

Principal payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, based on the maturity dates defined within our debt arrangements, for each of the next five fiscal years are as follows: fiscal 2022, $0.0 million; fiscal 2023, $0.0 million; fiscal 2024, $0.0 million; fiscal 2025, $27.0 million; fiscal 2026, $243.0 million; and after fiscal 2026, $425.0 million. Interest payments required on our outstanding indebtedness, assuming no prepayments of indebtedness, for each of the next five fiscal years are as follows: fiscal 2022, $26.7 million; fiscal 2023, $26.7 million; fiscal 2024, $26.7 million; fiscal 2025, $26.6 million; fiscal 2026, $26.1 million; and after fiscal 2026, $128.2 million. Interest on variable rate debt was calculated using the interest rate as of October 31, 2021.

Revolving Credit Facility

Seasonal cash requirements are financed from operations, cash on hand, and with borrowings under our revolving credit facility, as applicable. On October 5, 2021, we entered into an amended and restated credit agreement ("amended credit agreement") that provided for, among other things, a five-year unsecured revolving credit facility with a borrowing capacity of up to $600.0 million ("revolving credit facility") that matures on October 5, 2026 and replaced our prior $600.0 million unsecured senior revolving credit facility

scheduled to mature on June 19, 2023. Included in the revolving credit facility is a $10.0 million sublimit for standby letters of credit and a $30.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. At our election, and with the approval of the named borrowers on the revolving credit facility and the election of the lenders to fund such increase, the aggregate maximum principal amount available under the revolving credit facility may be increased by an amount of up to $300.0 million. Funds are available under the revolving credit facility for working capital, capital expenditures, and other lawful corporate purposes, including, but not limited to, acquisitions and common stock repurchases, subject in each case to compliance with certain financial covenants as defined within the amended credit agreement. As of October 31, 2021, we had no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility and $3.1 million outstanding under the sublimit for standby letters of credit, resulting in $596.9 million of unutilized availability under our revolving credit facility. As of October 31, 2020, we had no outstanding borrowings under our prior revolving credit facility and $2.5 million outstanding under our prior sublimit for standby letters of credit, resulting in $597.5 million of unutilized availability under our prior revolving credit facility.

Outstanding loans under the revolving credit facility (other than swingline loans), if applicable, bear interest at a variable rate generally based on LIBOR or an alternative variable rate based on the highest of the Bank of America prime rate, the federal funds rate or a rate generally based on LIBOR, in each case depending on the leverage ratio (as measured quarterly and defined as the ratio of (i) total indebtedness to (ii) consolidated EBIT (earnings before interest and taxes) plus depreciation and amortization expense) and our debt rating. Swingline loans under the revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate determined by the swingline lender or an alternative variable rate based on the highest of the Bank of America prime rate, the federal funds rate or a rate generally based on LIBOR, in each case depending on the leverage ratio and our debt rating. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. Our debt rating for long-term unsecured senior, non-credit enhanced debt was unchanged during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 by Standard and Poor's Ratings Group at BBB and by Moody's Investors Service at Baa3. If our debt rating falls below investment grade and/or our leverage ratio rises above 1.50, the basis point spread we currently pay on outstanding debt under the revolving credit facility would increase. However, the credit commitment could not be canceled by the banks based solely on a ratings downgrade. During fiscal 2020, we incurred interest expense of $0.8 million on the outstanding borrowings under our prior revolving credit facility. No interest expense was incurred under our current and prior revolving credit facilities during fiscal 2021.

Our revolving credit facility contains customary covenants, including, without limitation, financial covenants, such as a maximum leverage ratio; and negative covenants, which among other things, limit cash dividends, disposition of

43

Table of Contents

assets, consolidations and mergers, liens, and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. Most of these restrictions are subject to certain minimum thresholds and exceptions. Under the revolving credit facility, we are not limited in the amount for payments of cash dividends and common stock repurchases as long as, both before and after giving pro forma effect to such payments, our leverage ratio from the previous quarter compliance certificate is less than or equal to 3.5 (or, at our option (which we may exercise twice during the term of the facility) after certain acquisitions with aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, for the first four quarters following the exercise of such option, is less than or equal to 4.0), provided that immediately after giving effect of any such proposed action, no default or event of default would exist. As of October 31, 2021, we were not limited in the amount for payments of cash dividends and common stock repurchases. We were in compliance with all covenants under the amended credit agreement for our revolving credit facility as of October 31, 2021, and we expect to be in compliance with all covenants during fiscal 2022. If we were out of compliance with any covenant required by this credit agreement following the applicable cure period, the banks could terminate their commitments unless we could negotiate a covenant waiver from the banks. In addition, our long-term senior notes, debentures, term loan facility, and any amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility could become due and payable if we were unable to obtain a covenant waiver or refinance our borrowings under the amended credit agreement.

$270.0 Million Term Loan Credit Agreement

The amended credit agreement executed on October 5, 2021 also provided for a five-year unsecured term loan in an aggregate principal amount of $270.0 million, the entire amount of which was funded on October 5, 2021 and matures on October 5, 2026 ("$270.0 million term loan"). Under the amended credit agreement, incremental term loan commitments may be established at our election and the approval of the borrowers on the $270.0 million term loan by an amount of up to $100.0 million.

Beginning December 31, 2024, we are required to make quarterly principal amortization payments on the $270.0 million term loan equal to $6.75 million. On October 5, 2026, the aggregate principal amount of any remaining outstanding borrowings under the $270.0 million term loan are required to be repaid. The $270.0 million term loan may be prepaid and terminated at our election at any time without penalty or premium. Amounts repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. As of October 31, 2021, there was $270.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the $270.0 million term loan.

Outstanding borrowings under the $270.0 million term loan bear interest at a variable rate generally based on LIBOR or an alternative variable rate based on the highest of the Bank of America prime rate, the federal funds rate or a rate generally based on LIBOR, depending on the leverage ratio (as measured quarterly and defined as the ratio of (i) total indebtedness to (ii) consolidated EBIT (earnings before

interest and taxes) plus depreciation and amortization expense) and our debt rating. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021, we incurred interest expense of $0.2 million on the outstanding borrowings under the $270.0 million term loan. No interest expense was incurred during fiscal 2020.

The $270.0 million term loan contains customary covenants, including, without limitation, financial covenants generally consistent with those applicable under our revolving credit facility. We were in compliance with all covenants related to the $270.0 million term loan as of October 31, 2021, and we expect to be in compliance with all covenants during fiscal 2022. If we were out of compliance with any covenant required by the $270.0 million term loan following the applicable cure period, our term loan facility, long-term senior notes, debentures, and any amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility could become due and payable if we were unable to obtain a covenant waiver or refinance our borrowings under the $270.0 million term loan.

$500.0 Million Term Loan Credit Agreement

In March 2019, we entered into a term loan credit agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions for the purpose of partially funding the CMW purchase price and the related fees and expenses incurred in connection with such acquisition. The term loan credit agreement provided for a $200.0 million three-year unsecured senior term loan facility maturing on April 1, 2022 ("$200.0 million term loan") and a $300.0 million five-year unsecured senior term loan facility maturing on April 1, 2024 ("$300.0 million term loan" and collectively with the $200.0 million term loan, the "$500.0 million term loan"). The funds under the $500.0 million term loan were received on the CMW closing date.

As of October 31, 2020, we had prepaid $100.0 million and $120.0 million of the outstanding principal balances of the $200.0 million term loan and $300.0 million term loan, respectively. Thus, as of October 31, 2020, there was $100.0 million and $180.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the $200.0 million term loan and $300.0 million term loan, respectively. During the second quarter of fiscal 2021, we prepaid $10.0 million of the remaining outstanding borrowings under the $300.0 million term loan. As a result of the execution of the amended credit agreement during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the remaining $100.0 million and $170.0 million outstanding principal balances under the $200.0 million term loan and $300.0 million term loan, respectively, were paid in full. As a result of the prepayment, there were no outstanding borrowings under the $200.0 million three-year unsecured senior term loan facility and $300.0 million five-year unsecured senior term loan facility, respectively, as of October 31, 2021.

Interest was previously calculated on outstanding borrowings under the $500.0 million term loan by utilizing a variable rate generally based on LIBOR or an alternative variable rate, based on the highest of the Bank of America prime rate, the federal funds rate, or a rate generally based on LIBOR, in each case subject to an additional basis point spread as

44

Table of Contents

defined in the $500.0 million term loan. Interest was payable quarterly in arrears. During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020, we incurred $3.1 million and $5.2 million, respectively, of interest expense on the outstanding borrowings of the $500.0 million term loan.

$190.0 Million Term Loan Credit Agreement

On March 30, 2020, we entered into a $190.0 million term loan credit agreement ("$190.0 million term loan") with certain financial institutions for the purpose of refinancing certain of our outstanding borrowings incurred in connection with the acquisition of Venture Products on March 2, 2020, as well as a precautionary measure to increase our liquidity and preserve financial flexibility in light of the uncertainty in the global financial and commercial markets as a result of COVID-19. The $190.0 million term loan provided for a $190.0 million three-year unsecured senior term loan facility maturing on June 19, 2023.

As of October 31, 2020, we had prepaid $100.0 million of the outstanding principal balance of the $190.0 million term loan, resulting in a remaining outstanding principal balance of $90.0 million. During the first quarter of fiscal 2021, we prepaid the remaining $90.0 million outstanding principal balance under the $190.0 million term loan. As a result of the prepayment, there were no outstanding borrowings under the $190.0 million term loan as of October 31, 2021.

Interest was previously calculated on outstanding borrowings under the $190.0 million term loan by utilizing a variable rate based on LIBOR or an alternative variable rate with a minimum rate of 0.75 percent, subject to an additional basis point spread as defined in the term loan credit agreement. Interest was payable quarterly in arrears. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020 we incurred interest expense of approximately $0.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively, on the outstanding borrowings under the $190.0 million term loan.

3.81% Series A and 3.91% Series B Senior Notes

On April 30, 2019, we entered into a private placement note purchase agreement with certain purchasers ("holders") pursuant to which we agreed to issue and sell an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million of 3.81% Series A Senior Notes due June 15, 2029 ("Series A Senior Notes") and $100.0 million of 3.91% Series B Senior Notes due June 15, 2031 ("Series B Senior Notes" and together with the Series A Senior Notes, the "Senior Notes"). On June 27, 2019, we issued $100.0 million of the Series A Senior Notes and $100.0 million of the Series B Senior Notes pursuant to the private placement note purchase agreement. The Senior Notes are our unsecured senior obligations.

No principal is due on the Senior Notes prior to their stated due dates. We have the right to prepay all or a portion of either series of the Senior Notes in amounts equal to not less than 10.0 percent of the principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding upon notice to the holders of the series of Senior Notes being prepaid for 100.0 percent of the principal amount prepaid, plus a make-whole premium, as set forth in

the private placement note purchase agreement, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment. In addition, at any time on or after the date that is 90 days prior to the maturity date of the respective series, we have the right to prepay all of the outstanding Senior Note of such series for 100.0 percent of the principal amount so prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment. Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events, we are required to offer to prepay all Senior Notes for the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment.

Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually on the 15th day of June and December in each year. For each of the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020, we incurred interest expense on the Senior Notes of $7.7 million.

Our private placement note purchase agreement contains customary representations and warranties, as well as certain customary covenants, including, without limitation, financial covenants, such as the maintenance of minimum interest coverage and maximum leverage ratios, and other covenants, which, among other things, provide limitations on transactions with affiliates, mergers, consolidations and sales of assets, liens and priority debt. Under the private placement note purchase agreement, we are not limited in the amount for payments of cash dividends and common stock repurchases as long as, both before and after giving pro forma effect to such payments, our leverage ratio from the previous quarter compliance certificate is less than or equal to 3.5 (or, at our option (which we may exercise twice during the term of the facility) after certain acquisitions with aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, for the first four quarters following the exercise of such option, is less than or equal to 4.0), provided that immediately after giving effect of any such proposed action, no default or event of default would exist. As of October 31, 2021, we were not limited in the amount for payments of cash dividends and common stock repurchases. We were in compliance with all covenants related to the private placement note purchase agreement as of October 31, 2021 and we expect to be in compliance with all covenants during fiscal 2022. If we were out of compliance with any covenant required by this private placement note purchase agreement following the applicable cure period, our term loan facility, long-term senior notes, debentures, and any amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility would become due and payable if we were unable to obtain a covenant waiver or refinance our borrowings under our private placement note purchase agreement.

7.8% Debentures

In June 1997, we issued $175.0 million of debt securities consisting of $75.0 million of 7.125 percent coupon 10-year notes and $100.0 million of 7.8 percent coupon 30-year debentures. The $75.0 million of 7.125 percent coupon 10-year notes were repaid at maturity during fiscal 2007. In connection with the issuance of $175.0 million in long-term debt securities, we paid $23.7 million to terminate three

45

Table of Contents

forward-starting interest rate swap agreements with notional amounts totaling $125.0 million. These swap agreements had been entered into to reduce exposure to interest rate risk prior to the issuance of the new long-term debt securities. As of the inception of one of the swap agreements, we had received payments that were recorded as deferred income to be recognized as an adjustment to interest expense over the term of the new debt securities. As of the date the swaps were terminated, this deferred income totaled $18.7 million. The excess termination fees over the deferred income recorded was deferred and is being recognized as an adjustment to interest expense over the term of the debt securities issued. Interest on the debentures is payable semiannually on the 15th day of June and December in each year. For each of the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020, we incurred interest expense of $8.0 million.

6.625% Senior Notes

On April 26, 2007, we issued $125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.625 percent senior notes due May 1, 2037 and priced at 98.513 percent of par value. The resulting discount of $1.9 million is being amortized over the term of the notes using the straight-line method as the results obtained are not materially different from those that would result from the use of the effective interest method. Although the coupon rate of the senior notes is 6.625 percent, the effective interest rate is 6.741 percent after taking into account the issuance discount. The senior notes are our unsecured senior obligations and rank equally with our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The indentures under which the senior notes were issued contain customary covenants and event of default provisions. We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at any time at the greater of the full principal amount of the senior notes being redeemed or the present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis at the treasury rate plus 30 basis points, plus, in both cases, accrued and unpaid interest. In the event of the occurrence of both (i) a change of control of the company, and (ii) a downgrade of the notes below an investment grade rating by both Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services within a specified period, we would be required to make an offer to purchase the senior notes at a price equal to 101 percent of the principal amount of the senior notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. Interest on the senior notes is payable semiannually on the 1st day of May and November in each year. For each of the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020, we incurred interest expense of $8.4 million.

Capital Structure

The following table details the components of our capital structure and debt-to-capitalization ratio (in millions, except percentage data):

October 3120212020
Long-term debt, including current portion$691.2$791.1
Stockholders' equity$1,151.1$1,114.8
Debt-to-capitalization ratio37.5%41.5%

Our debt-to-capitalization ratio decreased in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020 primarily due to lower outstanding indebtedness as a result of repayments of outstanding borrowings on our debt arrangements during fiscal 2021, as well as higher stockholders' equity in fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020 as a result of higher net earnings, partially offset by increased repurchases of our common stock under our Board authorized repurchase program and increased cash dividend payments on shares of our common stock.

Cash Dividends

In each quarter of fiscal 2021, our Board of Directors declared a common stock cash dividend of $0.2625 per share, which was a 5.0 percent increase over our common stock cash dividend of $0.25 per share paid each quarter in fiscal 2020. On December 14, 2021, our Board of Directors increased our fiscal 2022 first quarter common stock cash dividend by 14.3 percent to $0.30 per share from the quarterly common stock cash dividend of $0.2625 per share paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2021. Future common stock cash dividends will depend upon our Financial Condition, Results of Operations, capital requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Share Repurchases

Our Board authorized stock repurchase program provides shares for use in connection with our stock-based compensation plans, among other uses, and has no expiration. The following table provides information with respect to repurchases of our common stock during the past two fiscal years (in millions, except share and per share data):

Fiscal Years Ended October 3120212020
Shares of Board authorized common stock purchased2,989,794
Cost to repurchase common stock$302.3$
Average price paid per share$101.10$

In March 2020, we announced our intention to curtail share repurchases as a prudent measure to enhance our liquidity position in response to COVID-19. During fiscal 2021, we resumed repurchasing shares of our common stock, thereby reducing our total shares outstanding. As of October 31, 2021, 4,052,462 shares remained available for repurchase under our Board authorized stock repurchase program. We currently expect to continue share repurchases in fiscal 2022, depending on our cash balance, debt repayments, market conditions, our anticipated working capital needs, and/or other factors.

46

Table of Contents

Customer Financing Arrangements

Wholesale Financing

We are party to a joint venture with TCF Inventory Finance, Inc. ("TCFIF"), a subsidiary of The Huntington National Bank, established as Red Iron, the primary purpose of which is to provide inventory financing to certain distributors and dealers of certain of our products in the U.S. that enables them to carry representative inventories of certain of our products. Under separate agreements between Red Iron and the dealers and distributors, Red Iron provides loans to the dealers and distributors for the advances paid by Red Iron to us. Under these financing arrangements, down payments are not required, and depending on the finance program for each product line, finance charges are incurred by us, shared between us and the distributor and/or the dealer, or paid by the distributor or dealer. Red Iron retains a security interest in the distributors' and dealers' financed inventories and such inventories are monitored regularly. Financing terms to the distributors and dealers require payment as the equipment, which secures the indebtedness, is sold to customers or when payment otherwise become due under the agreements between these financing entities and the distributors and dealers, whichever occurs first. Rates are generally indexed to LIBOR, or an alternative variable rate, plus a fixed percentage that differs based on whether the financing is for a distributor or dealer. Rates may also vary based on the product that is financed. The net amount of receivables financed for dealers and distributors under these financing arrangements during fiscal 2021 and 2020 were $2,282.6 million and $1,832.5 million, respectively. The total amount of net receivables outstanding under this arrangement as of October 31, 2021 and 2020 was $420.5 million and $386.8 million, respectively. The total amount of receivables due from Red Iron to us as of October 31, 2021 and 2020 were $31.0 million and $12.6 million, respectively.

Under a separate agreement, TCF Commercial Finance Canada, Inc. ("TCFCFC") provides inventory financing to dealers of certain of our products in Canada. We also have floor plan financing agreements with other third-party financial institutions to provide floor plan financing to certain dealers and distributors not financed through Red Iron or TCFCFC, which include agreements with third-party financial institutions in the U.S. and internationally. These third-party financial institutions and TCFCFC financed $460.5 million and $410.7 million of receivables for such dealers and distributors during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of October 31, 2021 and 2020, $151.5 million and $137.6 million, respectively, of receivables financed by the third-party financing companies and TCFCFC, excluding Red Iron, were outstanding.

We entered into a limited inventory repurchase agreement with Red Iron and TCFCFC. Under such limited inventory repurchase agreement, we have agreed to repurchase products repossessed by Red Iron and TCFCFC, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $7.5 million in a calendar year.

Additionally, as a result of our floor plan financing agreements with the separate third-party financial institutions, we have also entered into inventory repurchase agreements with the separate third-party financial institutions. Under such inventory repurchase agreements, we have agreed to repurchase products repossessed by the separate third-party financial institutions. As of October 31, 2021 and 2020, we were contingently liable to repurchase up to a maximum amount of $96.8 million and $128.1 million, respectively, of inventory related to receivables under these inventory repurchase agreements. Our financial exposure under these inventory repurchase agreements is limited to the difference between the amount paid to Red Iron or other third-party financing institutions for repurchases of inventory and the amount received upon subsequent resale of the repossessed product. We have repurchased immaterial amounts of inventory pursuant to such arrangements over the past three fiscal years. However, a decline in retail sales or financial difficulties of our distributors or dealers could cause this situation to change and thereby require us to repurchase financed product, which could have an adverse effect on our Results of Operations, Financial Position, or Cash Flows.

We continue to provide financing in the form of open account terms directly to home centers and mass retailers, general line irrigation dealers, certain domestic and international distributors and dealers other than the Canadian distributors and dealers to whom Red Iron or other third-party financing institutions provide financing arrangements, ag-irrigation dealers and distributors, government customers, and rental companies.

End-User Financing

We have agreements with third-party financing companies to provide financing options to end-customers throughout the world. The purpose of these agreements is to provide end-users of our products alternative financing options when purchasing our products. We have no material contingent liabilities for residual value or credit collection risk under these agreements with third-party financing companies.

From time to time, we enter into agreements where we provide recourse to third-party finance companies in the event of default by the customer for financing payments to the third-party finance company. We may recover a portion of any required recourse payments incurred under these agreements from repossession and resale of the equipment collateralizing the receivables. Our maximum exposure for credit collection under those arrangements as of October 31, 2021 and 2020 was $11.4 million and $12.5 million, respectively.

Termination or any material change to the terms of our end-user financing arrangements, availability of credit for our customers, including any delay in securing replacement credit sources, or significant financed product repurchase requirements could have a material adverse impact on our future operating results.

47

Table of Contents

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We have provided non-GAAP financial measures, which are not calculated or presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, as information supplemental and in addition to the most directly comparable financial measures presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We use these non-GAAP financial measures in making operating decisions and assessing liquidity because we believe they provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our core operational performance and cash flows, as a measure of our liquidity, and provide us with a better understanding of how to allocate resources to both ongoing and prospective business initiatives. Additionally, these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate our internal comparisons to both our historical operating results and to our competitors' operating results by factoring out potential differences caused by charges and benefits not related to our regular, ongoing business, including, without limitation, certain non-cash, large, and/or unpredictable charges and benefits; acquisitions and dispositions; legal judgments, settlements, or other matters; and tax positions.

We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures, when considered in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, provide investors with useful supplemental financial information to better understand our core operational performance and cash flows. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered superior to, as a substitute for, or as an alternative to, and should be considered in conjunction with, the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. The non-GAAP financial measures may differ from similar measures used by other companies.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Performance Measures

The following table provides a reconciliation of financial performance measures calculated and reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP to the most directly comparable non-GAAP financial performance measures for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020 (In thousands, except per share and percentage data):

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2021October 31, 2020
Gross profit$1,338,492$1,189,774
Acquisition-related costs23,950
Management actions3857
Non-GAAP gross profit$1,338,492$1,194,581
Gross margin33.8%35.2%
Acquisition-related costs2%0.2%
Non-GAAP gross margin33.8%35.4%
Operating earnings$518,280$426,357
Litigation settlements, net1(11,325)
Acquisition-related costs26,183
Management actions3857
Non-GAAP operating earnings$506,955$433,397
Earnings before income taxes$499,818$407,070
Litigation settlements, net1(11,325)
Acquisition-related costs26,183
Management actions3857
Non-GAAP earnings before income taxes$488,493$414,110
Net earnings$409,880$329,701
Litigation settlements, net1(9,022)
Acquisition-related costs25,021
Management actions3677
Tax impact of stock-based compensation4(8,185)(7,652)
Non-GAAP net earnings$392,673$327,747
Net earnings per diluted share$3.78$3.03
Litigation settlements, net1(0.08)
Acquisition-related costs20.05
Management actions30.01
Tax impact of stock-based compensation4(0.08)(0.07)
Non-GAAP net earnings per diluted share$3.62$3.02
Effective tax rate18.0%19.0%
Tax impact of stock-based compensation41.6%1.9%
Non-GAAP effective tax rate19.6%20.9%

1    On November 19, 2020, Exmark Manufacturing Company Incorporated ("Exmark"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of TTC, and Briggs & Stratton Corporation ("BGG") entered into a settlement agreement ("Settlement Agreement") relating to the decade-long patent infringement litigation that Exmark originally filed in May 2010 against Briggs & Stratton Power Products Group, LLC ("BSPPG"), a former wholly-owned subsidiary of BGG (Case No. 8:10CV187, U.S. District Court for the District of Nebraska) (the "Infringement Action"). The Settlement Agreement provided, among other things, that upon approval by the bankruptcy court, and such

48

Table of Contents

approval becoming final and nonappealable, BGG agreed to pay Exmark $33.65 million ("Settlement Amount"). During January 2021, the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Settlement Amount was received by Exmark in connection with the settlement of the Infringement Action and at such time, the underlying events and contingencies associated with the gain contingency related to the Infringement Action were satisfied. As such, we recognized in selling, general and administrative expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings during the first quarter of fiscal 2021 (i) the gain associated with the Infringement Action and (ii) a corresponding expense related to the contingent fee arrangement with our external legal counsel customary in patent infringement cases equal to approximately 50 percent of the Settlement Amount. Additionally, during the third quarter of fiscal 2021, we recorded a charge related to a legal settlement for a series of ongoing patent infringement disputes within selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Accordingly, litigation settlements, net represent the net amount recorded for the settlement of the Infringement Action and the charge incurred for the settlement of the patent infringement disputes. Refer to the headings titled "Litigation" and "Litigation Settlement" within Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the settlement of the Infringement Action.

2    On March 2, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Venture Products and on April 1, 2019, we completed the acquisition of CMW. Acquisition-related costs for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 represent transaction costs incurred for our acquisition of Venture Products, as well as integration costs and charges incurred for the take-down of the inventory fair value step-up amounts resulting from purchase accounting adjustments related to the acquisitions of Venture Products and CMW. No acquisition-related costs were incurred for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021. For additional information regarding these acquisitions, refer to Note 2, Business Combinations and Asset Acquisitions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

3    During the third quarter of fiscal 2019, we announced the Toro underground wind down. Management actions for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 represent inventory write-down charges incurred for the Toro underground wind down. No charges were incurred for the Toro underground wind down for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021. Refer to Note 7, Management Actions, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding these management actions.

4    The accounting standards codification guidance governing employee stock-based compensation requires that any excess tax deduction for stock-based compensation be immediately recorded within income tax expense. Employee stock-based compensation activity, including the exercise of stock options under The Toro Company Amended and Restated 2010 Equity and Incentive Plan, can be unpredictable and can significantly impact our net earnings, net earnings per diluted share, and effective tax rate. These amounts represent the discrete tax benefits recorded as excess tax deductions for stock-based compensation during the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and 2020.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Liquidity Measures

We define non-GAAP free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant and equipment. Non-GAAP free cash flow conversion percentage represents non-GAAP free cash flow as a percentage of net earnings. We consider non-GAAP free cash flow and non-GAAP free cash flow conversion percentage to be liquidity measures that provide useful information to management and investors about our ability to convert net earnings into cash

resources that can be used to pursue opportunities to enhance shareholder value, fund ongoing and prospective business initiatives, and strengthen our Consolidated Balance Sheets, after reinvesting in necessary capital expenditures required to maintain and grow our business. The following table provides a reconciliation of net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to non-GAAP free cash flow for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and October 31, 2020 (In thousands, except percentage data):

Fiscal Years EndedOctober 31, 2021October 31, 2020
Net cash provided by operating activities$555,469$539,374
Less: Purchases of property, plant and equipment104,01278,068
Non-GAAP free cash flow451,457461,306
Net earnings$409,880$329,701
Non-GAAP free cash flow percentage110.1%139.9%

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, we must make decisions that impact the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures. Such decisions include the selection of the appropriate accounting principles to be applied and the assumptions on which to base accounting estimates. In reaching such decisions, we apply judgment based on our understanding and analysis of the relevant circumstances, historical experience, and actuarial and other independent external third-party specialist valuations, when applicable. As a result, actual amounts could differ from those estimated at the time the Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Some of those significant accounting policies require us to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments or estimates. An accounting estimate is considered to be critical if it meets both of the following criteria: (i) the estimate requires assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain and susceptible to change at the time the accounting estimate is made and different estimates reasonably could have been used and (ii) changes in the estimate may have a material impact on the presentation of our Financial Condition or Results of Operations. Our critical accounting policies and estimates include the following:

Sales Promotions and Incentives

We recognize revenues based on the transaction price of the good or service sold to our customers, which is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring product or rendering services pursuant to the terms of the contract with a customer. The amount of consideration we receive and the revenue we recognize varies

49

Table of Contents

with changes in the variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs offered to customers that are determined to represent price concessions. The estimated expense of each sales promotion and incentive program is classified and recorded as a reduction from gross sales or as a component of selling, general and administrative expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings when revenue is recognized, depending on the nature of the respective program. Generally, the cost of a program is recorded as a reduction from gross sales when revenue is recognized and thus is considered to be variable consideration if the expense is determined to represent a price concession because the program either: (i) results in an immediate reduction of the transaction price with no anticipated future costs or consideration to be provided to the customer or (ii) we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice for which we do not receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program. In other circumstances, the anticipated future cost of a program based on historical or expected future business practice is recorded as selling, general and administrative expense because we receive a distinct good or service in exchange for the future consideration provided to the customer under the program.

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a reduction from gross sales are as follows:

•Off-Invoice Discounts: Our off-invoice discounts represent an immediate reduction in the selling price of our products that is realized at the time of sale with no anticipated future cost or consideration provided to the customer.

•Rebate Programs: Our rebate programs are generally based on claims submitted from either our direct customers or end-users of our products or are based on our purchase or retail sales goals for our direct customers of certain quantities or mixes of product during a specified time period, depending upon the program. The amount of the rebate varies based on the specific program and is either a dollar amount or a percentage of the purchase price and can also be based on actual retail price as compared to our selling price. Consideration is typically provided to our customers for our rebate programs after the initial sale of our products to our direct customers and thus, there is generally an anticipated future cost at the time revenue is recognized based on historical and expected future business practice.

•Financing Programs: Our financing programs consist of wholesale floor plan financing with Red Iron and separate third-party financial institutions and end-user retail financing. Costs incurred for wholesale floor plan financing programs represent financing costs associated with programs under which we share the expense of financing distributor and dealer inventories through third-party financing arrangements for a specific period

of time. This charge represents interest for a pre-established length of time based on a predefined rate from the contract between the company and Red Iron or the separate third-party financial institution to finance distributor and dealer inventory purchases. End-user retail financing is similar to floor planning with the difference being that retail financing programs are offered to end-user customers under which we, at our discretion, may pay a portion of interest costs on behalf of end-users for financing purchases of our equipment.

Examples of significant sales promotions and incentive programs that are not considered to be variable consideration because the cost of the program is classified as a component of selling, general, and administrative expense are as follows:

•Commissions Paid to Distributors and Dealers: For certain products, we use a distribution network of distributors and dealers that purchase and take possession of products for sale to the end customer. We also have dealers and distributors that act as sales agents for us on certain products using a direct-selling type model. Under this direct-selling type model, our network of distributors and dealers facilitates a sale directly to the dealer or end-user customer on our behalf. Commissions to distributors and dealers in these instances represent commission payments to sales agents that are also our customers. In addition, TTC dealers are often paid a commission to set up and deliver riding product purchased at certain home centers.

•Cooperative Advertising: Cooperative advertising programs are based on advertising costs incurred by distributors and dealers for promoting our products. We support a portion of those advertising costs in which claims are submitted by the distributor or dealer along with evidence of the advertising material procured/produced and evidence of the cost incurred in the form of third-party invoices or receipts.

Regardless of classification of the cost of the sales promotion and incentive program within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, we record an accrual within the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the estimated future expense of certain of our sales promotion and incentive programs for which we anticipate a future cost based on historical or expected future business practice by using the expected value method and applying the portfolio approach practical expedient under the accounting standards codification guidance for revenue from contracts with customers. Under such approach, our determination of variable consideration associated with the estimated expense of certain of our sales promotions and incentives programs is primarily based on the terms of the sales arrangements and sales promotion and incentive programs with customers, historical payment and rebate claims experience, field inventory levels, quantity or mix of products purchased, forecasted sales volumes, types of programs offered, and expectations for the acceptance of sales promotion and incentive programs offered in the future or changes in other relevant trends.

50

Table of Contents

Of our sales promotion and incentive programs that are considered to be variable consideration, our off-invoice discounts and financing programs are less subject to complex judgment or estimates as compared to our rebate programs, which are subject to a more significant level of estimation uncertainty as they require inputs and assumptions that are more susceptible to change or subjectivity. Specifically, our rebate programs are primarily sensitive to fluctuations in historical payment and rebate claims experience as compared to actual realized payment and rebate claims, field inventory levels, and forecasted wholesale and retail sales volumes and the quantity or mix of products.

Adjustments to sales promotions and incentive accruals are made from time to time as actual usage becomes known in order to properly estimate the amounts necessary to generate consumer demand based on market conditions as of the balance sheet date. As of October 31, 2021, we had recorded an accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs of $103.7 million within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our accrual for sales promotion and incentive programs is adequate as of October 31, 2021 and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process, actual results may differ from these estimates if competitive factors dictate the need to enhance, modify, or reduce sales promotion and incentive programs or if customer usage, product mix, and field inventory levels vary from historical trends.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is initially recognized as a result of the excess of purchase consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination and indefinite-lived intangible assets are initially recognized at their estimated fair values as a result of a business combination or asset acquisition. As of October 31, 2021, our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset balances, which consist of certain trade names, were $421.7 million and $190.6 million, respectively. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested at least annually for impairment during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year unless events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred prior to our annual assessment. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level and test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the individual indefinite-lived intangible asset or asset group level, as appropriate. A reporting unit is an operating segment or, under certain circumstances, a component of an operating segment that constitutes a business, has available discrete financial information, and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by management. We combine and aggregate components of an operating segment as a single reporting unit if the components have similar economic characteristics. Our 11 reporting units are the same as our 11 operating segments as defined in Note 3, Segment Data, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Eight of our reporting units contain goodwill on their respective balance sheets as of October 31, 2021.

Our impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from our impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets; however, for both types of assets we may elect to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether changes in events or circumstances since our most recent quantitative test for impairment indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit or the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is less than its respective carrying amount. For both types of assets, we have an unconditional option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, and proceed directly to performing the respective quantitative analysis. If elected, in conducting the initial qualitative assessment, we analyze our most recent estimates of the fair value of each reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, by assessing actual and projected growth trends for operating results, as well as historical operating results versus planned performance. Additionally, each reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is assessed for critical areas that may impact its business or brand and operating performance, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors such as commodities and component parts and labor, changes in competition and technology such as new or discontinued products, changes in management or key personnel and business or brand strategy, market-related exposures such as fluctuations in our company's market capitalization and share price, and/or any other potential risks to operating performance, such as regulatory and environmental changes or otherwise, all as applicable. We also assess for changes in the composition or carrying value of a reporting unit's net assets. All assumptions and estimates used in the qualitative assessment require significant judgment. If, after evaluating the weight of the changes in events and circumstances, both positive and negative, we conclude that an impairment of goodwill or an indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, may exist, a quantitative test for impairment is performed. During fiscal 2021, we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment for all of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets, or asset groups, and proceed directly to performing the respective quantitative analyses.

If performed due to identified impairment indicators under the qualitative assessment or our election to bypass the qualitative assessment and move directly to the quantitative analysis, the quantitative impairment analysis for both goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles assets is conducted under the income approach. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets using the present value of future cash flows. Assumptions utilized in determining fair value under the income approach, such as forecasted operating results, terminal growth rates, and weighted-average cost of capital ("WACC") or discount rates, are consistent with internal projections and operating plans. Materially different assumptions regarding future performance of our businesses and brands, terminal growth rates, and/or WACC or discount

51

Table of Contents

rate could result in impairment losses and such losses could be material.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we performed our annual quantitative goodwill impairment test, which is a one-step process. In performing the quantitative analysis, we compare the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, to its fair value. The carrying amount of each reporting unit is determined based on the amount of equity required for the reporting unit's activities, considering the specific assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. We do not assign corporate assets and liabilities to reporting units that do not relate to the operations of the reporting unit or are not considered in determining the fair value of the reporting unit.

Our estimate of the fair value of our reporting units under the income approach requires the use of significant judgment regarding the selection of various inputs and assumptions, including projected operating results and growth rates from our forecasting process, applicable tax rates, estimated capital expenditures and depreciation, estimated changes in working capital, terminal growth rates applied to projected operating results in the terminal period, and a WACC rate. These inputs and assumptions, which are independently determined and vary for each reporting unit, are based on historical experience, our projections of future operating results and contemplate current and future business, industry, and economic conditions, as well as relevant observable market inputs and consideration of risk regarding future performance for purposes of determining the WACC and terminal growth rates. The WACC rate selected is commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective reporting unit and in our projected operating results and is calculated based on weighted average returns on debt and equity from guideline public companies. Therefore, changes in the market that are beyond our control and that impact our guideline public companies may have an adverse effect on our future calculations of the estimated fair values of our reporting units. Terminal growth rates are generally determined based on economic and industry growth expectations, while also considering the lifecycle stage of each respective reporting unit. Where available, and as appropriate, comparable EBITDA and revenue multiples are derived from the market prices of stocks of guideline public companies and are used to assist in developing an estimated business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach to corroborate our determination of the estimated fair values of our reporting units under the income approach. Identifying appropriate guideline public companies for purposes of computing estimated market multiples and selecting an appropriate WACC rate is subjective. We select guideline public companies that are engaged in the same or similar lines of business and that have reasonably similar qualitative factors as our reporting units, while also considering relevant quantitative factors such as profitability and market capitalization, where applicable. As a final corroboratory step, we reconcile the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units resulting from the income approach to our company's market capitalization.

If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Based on the quantitative goodwill impairment analysis, which was also performed in prior fiscal years, we determined there was no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2021 for any of our reporting units as the fair value of each reporting unit substantially exceeded its respective carrying value, including goodwill, in excess of 100 percent. We also performed sensitivity analyses on the key inputs and assumptions used in determining the estimated fair value of our reporting units under the discounted cash flow model under the income approach by utilizing more conservative assumptions that reflect reasonably likely future changes in the terminal growth rate and WACC rate. The WACC rate was increased by 150 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units. The terminal growth rate was decreased by 150 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our reporting units.

Individual indefinite-lived intangible assets, or asset groups, are quantitatively tested for impairment by comparing the carrying amounts of the respective asset, or asset group, to its estimated fair value determined under the income approach. If the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we performed a quantitative impairment analysis for our indefinite-lived intangible assets. Our estimate of the fair value for an indefinite-lived intangible asset, or asset group, is determined under the relief from royalty method under the income approach and uses various inputs and assumptions, including projected revenues from our forecasting process, assumed royalty rates that could be payable if we did not own the intangible asset, terminal growth rates applied to forecasted revenues, and a discount rate. These inputs and assumptions contemplate business, industry, and overall economic conditions, as well as relevant market data for royalty rates of similar intangible assets. Based on our quantitative impairment analysis, which was also performed in prior fiscal years, we conclude that our indefinite-lived intangible assets were not impaired during fiscal 2021 as the estimated fair value of each of our material indefinite-lived intangible assets substantially exceeded its carrying value, in excess of 50.0 percent. We also performed sensitivity analyses on the key inputs and assumptions used in determining the estimated fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets under the relief from royalty model by utilizing more conservative assumptions that reflect reasonably likely future changes in the royalty rate and discount rate. The discount rate was increased by 75 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our material indefinite-lived intangible assets. The royalty rate was decreased by 75 basis points with no impairment indicated for any of our material indefinite-lived intangible assets.

52

Table of Contents

Determining the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets, or asset groups, requires considerable judgment and such estimate are sensitive to changes in the underlying inputs and assumptions. As a result, there can be no assurance that the inputs and assumptions made for purposes of our annual impairment assessments will prove to be an accurate prediction of the future. Certain events or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the underlying key inputs and assumptions ultimately affect the estimated fair values of our reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets, and may require us to assess for impairment on an interim basis. Such events or circumstances could include a decrease in expected future operating results and the related cash flows; adverse economic, market, and industry conditions, including unfavorable impacts on our guideline public companies used in determining our WACC rate and the business enterprise value of our reporting units under the market approach; prolonged periods of unfavorable weather conditions; changes in regulatory conditions impacting our products and industries; a volatile supply chain environment and/or increased costs of commodities, component parts, and labor; lack of customer acceptance of new or innovative technologies; increased competition; and other factors. While our annual impairment assessment in fiscal 2021 supported the carrying amount of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, we may be required to re-evaluate the carrying amount in future periods utilizing different inputs and assumptions that reflect the then current market conditions and expectations regarding our operating performance, which may result in a future impairment that could be material.

Product Warranty Guarantees

Our products are warranted to provide assurance that the product will function as expected and to ensure customer confidence in design, workmanship, and overall quality. Warranty coverage on our products is generally provided for specified periods of time and on select products' hours of usage, and generally covers parts, labor, and other expenses for non-maintenance repairs. Warranty coverage generally does not cover operator abuse or improper use. In addition to the standard warranties offered on our products, we also sell separately priced extended warranty coverage on select products for a prescribed period after the original warranty period expires.

At the time of sale, we recognize expense and record a warranty accrual by product line for estimated costs in connection with forecasted future warranty claims. Our estimate of the cost of future warranty claims is based primarily on the estimated number of products under warranty, historical average costs incurred to service warranty claims, the trend in the historical ratio of warranty claims to sales, and the historical length of time between the sale and resulting warranty claim. If applicable, historical claims experience may be adjusted for known product design improvements or for the impact of unusual product quality issues. We periodically assess the adequacy of our warranty

accruals based on changes in our estimates and assumptions and record any necessary adjustments if the cost of actual claim experience differs from our estimate and indicates that adjustments to our warranty accrual are necessary. Factors that could have an impact on actual future claims and our warranty accrual include, but are not limited to, items such as performance of new products; product failure rates; factors impacting product usage, such as weather; changes in sales volumes and shifts in product mix; manufacturing quality and product design issues, including significant manufacturing or design defects not discovered until after the product is delivered to customers; the extent of customers affected by the product failure; higher or lower than expected service and component part costs to satisfactorily address the repair, and upon rare occasion, changes to the warranty coverage periods. Additionally, from time to time, we also establish warranty accruals for our estimate of the costs necessary to settle major rework campaigns on a product-specific basis during the period in which the circumstances giving rise to the major rework campaign become known and when the costs to satisfactorily address the situation are both probable and estimable. The warranty accrual for the cost of a major rework campaign is primarily based on an estimate of the cost to repair each affected unit and the number of affected units expected to be repaired.

We believe that our analysis of historical warranty claim trends and knowledge of potential manufacturing and/or product design improvements or issues provide sufficient information to establish a reasonable estimate for the cost of future warranty claims at the time of sale and our warranty accruals as of the date of our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We believe that our $116.8 million warranty accrual as of October 31, 2021 is adequate and historically has been adequate; however, due to the inherent uncertainty in the accrual estimation process, including forecasting future warranty claims, costs associated with servicing future warranty claims, and unexpected major rework campaigns that may arise in the future, our actual warranty costs incurred may differ from our warranty accrual estimate. An unexpected increase in warranty claims and/or in the costs associated with servicing those claims would result in an increase in our warranty accruals and a decrease in our net earnings.

Inventory Valuation

For the majority of our inventories, we value inventories at the lower of the cost of inventory or net realizable value, with cost determined by either the first-in, first-out or average cost method. All remaining inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined under the last-in, first-out method. As needed, we record an inventory valuation adjustment for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory that is equal to the excess of the cost of the inventory over the estimated net realizable value or market value for the inventory depending on inventory costing method. The inventory valuation adjustment to net realizable value or market value establishes a new cost basis of the inventory that cannot be subsequently reversed. Such inventory

53

Table of Contents

valuation adjustments for excess, obsolete, and slow moving inventory are not reduced or removed until the product is sold or disposed of.

In developing inventory valuation adjustments for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory, we are required to use judgment and make estimates of future sales demand and production requirements compared with current inventory levels. Our estimate of forecasted sales demand and production requirements is primarily based on actual orders received, historical demand, technological and product life cycle changes, product pricing, economic trends, and competitive factors, such as market and pricing trends for similar products. Although management considers our inventory valuation adjustment for excess, slow-moving, and obsolete inventory to be adequate at $39.7 million as of October 31, 2021, forecasting sales demand and production requirements involves significant management judgment regarding future events. Future events that could significantly influence our judgments and related estimates include general economic conditions within the specific markets in which we operate, changes in demand for our products and customer preference, price fluctuations, and actions of our competitors, including the introduction of new products, technological advances, and pricing changes. Forecasted sales demand and production requirements can also be affected by the significant redesign of our existing products or the replacement of an existing product by an entirely new generation of product. It is possible that an unfavorable adjustment to our inventory valuation adjustment for excess, slow moving, and obsolete inventory may be required in the future if there is a change in any of the aforementioned factors that adversely impacts our estimates of future demand for our products and we do not adjust our purchases or production schedule accordingly.

Business Combinations

When applicable, we account for the acquisition of a business in accordance with the accounting standards codification guidance for business combinations, whereby the total consideration transferred is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, when applicable, based on their respective estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination.

Assigning estimated fair values to the net assets acquired requires the use of significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions regarding the fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. While the ultimate responsibility for determining estimated fair values of the acquired net assets resides with management, for material acquisitions we may retain the services of certified valuation specialists to assist with assigning estimated fair values to certain acquired assets and assumed liabilities, including intangible assets that are separately identifiable from

goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment. Estimated fair values of acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, inventory, and property, plant, and equipment are generally based on available historical information, future expectations, available market data, and assumptions determined to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain with respect to future events, including economic conditions, competition, technological obsolescence, the useful life of the acquired assets, and other factors. These significant estimates, judgments, inputs, and assumptions include, when applicable, the selection of an appropriate valuation method depending on the nature of the respective asset, such as the income approach, the market or sales comparison approach, or the cost approach; estimating future cash flows based on projected revenues and/or margins that we expect to generate subsequent to the acquisition; applying an appropriate discount rate to estimate the present value of those projected cash flows we expect to generate; selecting an appropriate terminal growth rate and/or royalty rate or estimating a customer attrition or technological obsolescence factor where necessary and appropriate given the nature of the respective asset; assigning an appropriate contributory asset charge where needed; determining an appropriate useful life and the related depreciation or amortization method for the respective asset; and assessing the accuracy and completeness of other historical financial metrics of the acquiree used as standalone inputs or as the basis for determining estimated projected inputs such as margins, customer attrition, and costs to hold and sell product.

In determining the estimated fair value of intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill, we typically utilize the income approach, which discounts the projected future cash flows using a discount rate that appropriately reflects the risks associated with the projected cash flows. Generally, we estimate the fair value of acquired trade names using the relief from royalty method under the income approach, which is based on the hypothetical royalty stream that would be received if we were to license the acquired trade name. For most other acquired intangible assets, we estimate fair value using the excess earnings method under the income approach, which is typically applied when cash flows are not directly generated by the asset, but rather, by an operating group that includes the particular asset. In certain instances, particularly in relation to developed technology or patents, we may utilize the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective intangible asset and the recency of the development or procurement of such technology. The useful lives and amortization methods for the acquired intangible assets that are separately identifiable from goodwill are generally determined based on the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the acquired intangible assets and the nature of the use of the respective acquired intangible asset, adjusted as appropriate for entity-specific factors including legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic, and/or other factors such as customer attrition rates and product or order lifecycles that may limit the useful life of the respective acquired intangible

54

Table of Contents

asset. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired inventory, we typically utilize the cost approach for raw materials and the sales comparison approach for work in process, finished goods, and service parts. In determining the estimated fair value of acquired property, plant, and equipment, we typically utilize the sales comparison approach or the cost approach depending on the nature of the respective asset and the recency of the construction or procurement of such asset.

We may refine the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, if necessary, over a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition by taking into consideration new information that, if known as of the date of acquisition, would have affected the estimated fair values ascribed to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the estimated useful life and depreciation or amortization method of each asset, can materially impact the net earnings of the periods subsequent to an acquisition through depreciation and amortization, and in certain instances through impairment charges, if the asset becomes impaired in the future. During the measurement period, any purchase price allocation changes that impact the carrying value of goodwill will affect any measurement of goodwill impairment taken during the measurement period, if applicable. If necessary, purchase price allocation revisions that occur outside of the measurement period are recorded within cost of sales or selling, general and administrative expense within the Consolidated Statements of Earnings depending on the nature of the adjustment.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Data, in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the sections entitled "New Accounting Pronouncements Adopted" and "New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted."